+ All Categories
Home > Documents > 1. Lighting Calculations

1. Lighting Calculations

Date post: 11-Sep-2021
Category:
Upload: others
View: 2 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
325
Transcript
Page 1: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 2: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 3: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 4: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 5: 1. Lighting Calculations

Autorizada la entrega del proyecto al alumno:

Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

EL DIRECTOR DEL PROYECTO

Juan Domingo Scarano Roo

Fecha:

Firmado:

Vº Bº del coordinador de proyectos

Fernando de Cuadra García

Fecha:

Firmado:

Page 6: 1. Lighting Calculations

COMILLAS PONTIFICAL UNIVERSITY

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEER

LIGHTING DESIGN OF A FERTILIZER PLANT

IN THE SOUTH PACIFIC REGION

Author: Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

Director: Juan Domingo Scarano Roo

Madrid

MAY 2013

Page 7: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 8: 1. Lighting Calculations

DISEÑO DE ILUMINACIÓN DE UNA PLANTA DE FERTILIZANTES

EN LA REGIÓN DEL PACÍFICO SUR

Autor: de Mollinedo Suárez, Amparo.

Director: Scarano Roo, Juan Domingo.

Entidad Colaboradora: ICAI - Universidad Pontifica Comillas.

RESUMEN

Introducción

El objetivo principal del alumbrado industrial es el de crear un entorno

visual que permita a los empleados tener la visibilidad necesaria para

realizar sus tareas sin ningún riesgo para su seguridad y salud. Debe

asegurar el trabajo de todo el personal en condiciones de seguridad y

condiciones de visibilidad óptimas.

Ciertas plantas industriales necesitan estar en funcionamiento las 24h del

día. Para hacer esto posible, el alumbrado de la planta debe mantener unos

niveles de iluminación óptimos que permitan el trabajo de los operarios en

condiciones de máxima seguridad y eficiencia. Se debe crear un entorno

visual que controle la fatiga ocular y fomente la eficacia y el confort en el

espacio iluminado. Así mismo, debe obtenerse una visibilidad óptima en

las zonas de trabajo que dependerá del tipo de tarea que se desarrolle en

estas. Las tareas de mayor precisión por ejemplo, necesitarán unos niveles

mayores de iluminancia y un rendimiento de color superior. Por ejemplo,

en el caso del alumbrado vial de la planta, se debe proporcionar de un

entorno iluminado que permita la circulación segura y cómoda de vehículos

pesados y ligeros, así como peatones. Se debe revelar toda la información

necesaria con un buen nivel de detalle y proporción, para evitar accidentes

de tráfico y sus respectivos costes humanos y económicos.

A lo largo del proyecto, se irán evaluando las distintas áreas de la planta,

según los requisitos lumínicos que conlleven las actividades que se llevarán

a cabo en estas. Para cada zona se tendrá en cuenta la disposición

tridimensional de las estructuras, maquinaria, tuberías, bandejas de

cableado y otros elementos. Del mismo modo, es necesario determinar los

materiales y colores de estos elementos ya que influirán de manera distinta

sobre la iluminación global.

Page 9: 1. Lighting Calculations

Una vez determinado el tipo de luminaria estándar, su posición y ángulos

de inclinación, y los niveles que aporta se deberá determinar la ruta de

cableado hasta esta y los elementos de conexionado a la red general de la

planta. Luego se dimensionará el circuito y diseñarán las protecciones, así

como el sistema de control y mando. En esta etapa se establecerán las

características del armario de protección y control de iluminación. En una

última etapa, se escogerán los modelos específicos de los fabricantes que se

adaptan mejor al proyecto para la fase de presupuesto, tanto para suplir los

requisitos técnicos cómo por su relación calidad-precio.

En cuanto a la noción de sostenibilidad valorada en este proyecto, esta se

alcanzará mediante un enfoque en el impacto medioambiental del proyecto,

la garantía de la seguridad del personal y el control del coste económico del

proyecto. En un primer lugar, se deberá tener en cuenta la posible

contaminación lumínica, para afectar en la menor medida posible a las

especies autóctonas y las zonas de recreo o interés turístico próximas a la

planta. El diseño incluirá un estudio de impacto medioambiental de acuerdo

con el estándar australiano AS 4282. Las luminarias utilizadas deberán

también ser conformes a los estándares australianos de eficiencia energética

y cumplir con los “Minimum Energy Performance requirements” (MEPS),

que limitan el rendimiento energético y las pérdidas en estas. La

sostenibilidad social del proyecto se conseguirá al asegurar el bienestar de

la plantilla, al crear un entorno de trabajo seguro y cómodo. La iluminación

de emergencia permitirá la evacuación segura del personal y evitará

situaciones de pánico. Al determinar el número óptimo de luminarias y

escoger soluciones con la mejor relación calidad-precio, el peso económico

del proyecto será sostenible y estará justificado.

El proyecto está subdividido en dos apartados principales, que son los

cálculos de alumbrado y la definición del circuito de alumbrado.

1. Cálculos de Alumbrado

Los cálculos de alumbrado se han realizado según los estándares

australianos y las especificaciones del cliente. Debido al tipo de entorno en

el que se va a construir la planta, y las características propias de esta, el que

hayan ciertos niveles de iluminación en cada superficie puede ser un

elemento crítico a la hora de asegurar la seguridad de los operarios. Cada

luminaria se considera y se posiciona de manera individual, teniendo en

cuenta todos los elementos que puedan afectar a su correcto

funcionamiento.

Page 10: 1. Lighting Calculations

En el caso del alumbrado general de la planta, la disposición óptima se

consigue al utilizar distintos tipo de soportes para las luminarias. Cada tipo

de soporte se ha representado en planos típicos de alumbrado. Los cálculos

del alumbrado general se han realizado con el programa informático

Dialux, que permite general modelos tridimensionales de iluminación, tal y

como se muestra en la Figura A.

Figura A : Unidad C, Modelo de iluminación con Dialux

Cada plataforma y superficie significativa o zona de circulación se ha

considerado de manera individual, para obtener los valores de los

parámetros de iluminación significativos. Estos son por ejemplo la

iluminancia, luminancia, uniformidad de luminancia, el deslumbramiento,

etc. El número de luminarias y la disposición óptimos se obtienen al

asegurar que se cumplan esos niveles de los distintos parámetros en cada

superficie.

En el caso del alumbrado vial, se puede obtener un resultado más general

del análisis de los tramos rectos de carretera, ya que el tipo de báculo es

siempre el mismo y la calzada apenas cambia. Los báculos se dispondrán

cada 25m a una distancia de 1,2m del borde de la calzada. Esta disposición

permite obtener los 25 lux requeridos con una uniformidad de 0,4 para

farolas de 13,7m de altura. Las curvas, intersecciones y aparcamientos

presentar una mayor complejidad geométrica por lo que debe analizarse

cada caso por separado.

Las lámparas que se utilizarán serán fluorescentes, LED y de vapor de

sodio a alta presión.

Page 11: 1. Lighting Calculations

2. Circuito de Alumbrado

Los cables de cada circuito se han dimensionado de manera a cumplir con

el sobrecalentamiento admisible por cortocircuito, la capacidad portante y

la caída de tensión máxima, según especifica la normativa australiana

AS3008.1.1. Siguiendo esta metodología de cálculo, se establece que el

tipo de cable a utilizar será de conductor de cobre y aislamiento XLPE

X-90, con las siguientes secciones:

Alimentación del panel central de distribución: 5x150mm2

Alimentación del cuadro de alumbrado de emergencia: 3x35+16mm2

Alimentación de los paneles locales en oficinas, gasolinera y taller de

camiones: 3x50+25mm2

Alimentación de los paneles locales de los almacenes: 5x25mm2

Conexión desde el panel de la subestación hasta las cajas de derivación

de cada luminaria (Alumbado general y vial): 5x16mm2

Distribución dentro de la unidad: 3x10mm2

Conexión entre la luminaria y la caja de derivación: 3x2,5mm2

El control y la protección del circuito de alumbrado estará centralizado en

los dos paneles generales de alumbrado (uno por cada subestación). El

detalle de la distribución de los paneles con la potencia, corriente y bornes

de conexión de cada circuito está descrito en el Apéndice 18. La potencia

total consumida por la instalación es de 260kW. Cada circuito tendrá sus

propias protecciones según su corriente nominal. La corriente de

cortocircuito estimada, y para la que se diseñarán las protecciones es de

30kA. Los únicos circuitos monofásicos conectados a las barras del panel

son los de los enchufes de mantenimiento y el alumbrado de las

subestaciones. El resto de circuitos son trifásicos hasta las cajas de

derivación.

Todas las salidas del panel estarán protegidas por un contactor y un

interruptor diferencial de corriente residual máxima de 30mA. La corriente

nominal de estas protecciones está especificada en el diagrama unifilar de

alumbrado. El tamaño mínimo de los contactores será de 16A.

Este diseño también incluye todos los documentos de un proyecto clásico

de ingeniería como son el estudio medioambiental, el informe de seguridad

y salud y el pliego de condiciones.

Page 12: 1. Lighting Calculations

LIGHTING DESIGN OF A FERTILIZER PLANT IN THE SOUTH

PACIFIC REGION

ABSTRACT:

Introduction

The main intent of industrial lighting is to create a visual environment that

will allow employees to have adequate visibility for developing their

activities on it without risks for their occupational health and safety. It must

ensure the safe operation of all personnel of the plant and promote an

optimal task visibility and visual comfort.

Some industrial plants need to be in operation 24 hours a day. To make this

possible, the lighting of the plant must maintain optimum lighting levels

that will allow operators to work in conditions of maximum safety and

efficiency. The created visual environment will avoid eye fatigue and

promote an effective and comfortable workspace. The lighting level of each

surface will be adapted to the type of task to be performed on that area of

the workspace. Greater precision tasks will need higher illuminance levels

and a superior colour performance. For instance, the street lighting of the

plant must provide an illuminated environment which will allow for the

safe circulation of all types of vehicles as well as pedestrians. It must reveal

all of the relevant information, with an accurate level of detail and

proportion in order to prevent accidents and their subsequent personal and

economic toll.

The different relevant areas of the plant will be evaluated throughout the

project and the appropriate lighting solution will be adapted to each

particular case. The three-dimensional arrangement of structures,

machinery, pipes, cable trays and other items will be included in the model.

This model will also consider the materials and colors of these elements as

they have a significant influence on the light technical parameters. The

design will be adapted to the changes suggested by the client and

modifications of the plot plans made by other departments (such as changes

in the pipelines and building structures).

Once the type of luminaire, position and tilt angles are established, the

route length of the circuit and size of cables must be determined. The

circuit must include the adequate protections and control equipment. At this

stage will be determined the characteristics of the control and protective

Page 13: 1. Lighting Calculations

panel. Specific equipment from different manufacturers will be chosen as

reference for the Budget.

The sustainable development of this project will be achieved by a focus on

the environmental impact, the safety of personnel and the economic cost of

the project. First of all, the project will take into account the effects of light

pollution to the environment to reduce them to the minimum. The design

will include an environmental impact assessment and be in accordance with

AS4282. The luminaires used must also comply with Australian Standards

for energy efficiency and meet the "Minimum Energy Performance

Standards” (MEPS) that limit energy loss in the luminaires. Social

sustainability will be obtained by ensuring the welfare of the personnel by

creating a safe and comfortable work environment. The emergency lighting

of the plant will enable the safe evacuation of the workers and avoid panic

in critical circumstances. By establishing the optimal number of lighting

fixtures and choosing cost-efficient solutions, the economic weight of the

project will be sustainable.

This project is divided into two main sections: the lighting calculations, and

the electrical network calculations and circuit definition.

1. Lighting Calculations

The lighting calculations have been carried out following Australian

Standards and the client’s specifications. Due to the type of environment in

which the plant is to be built and the characteristics of the plant itself, the

lighting levels on each surface can be critical to ensure the safety of the

workers. Each surface is considered individually and every luminaire is

positioned considering all the neighboring factors that may affect its

continuous operation.

For the general plant lighting, the optimal disposition is obtained by using

different fixing structures. All of the different luminaire dispositions have

been plotted in standard drawings for construction. The calculations have

been carried out with the software Dialux by generating three-dimensional

models as it is shown on Figure A.

Page 14: 1. Lighting Calculations

Figure B : Unit C, Dialux Lighting Model

Each significant platform surface or circulation area is considered

individually in order to obtain the values of significant light technical

parameters such as illuminance, luminance, luminance uniformity, glare,

etc. The optimal number and disposition of luminaires is the one which

ensures the requested values of those parameters.

For road lighting, a more general result can be considered from the lighting

calculations for straight sections, as the same type of luminaires have been

used in each case and carriageway is the same. The lighting poles will be

placed every 25m and with 1,2m distance for the edge of the carriageway,

to allow for the 25 lux required by the client and 0,4 illuminance

uniformity. The curves, intersections and parking lots had to be

individually considered as the analysis of uniformity becomes more

complex.

The lamps to be used are fluorescent, LED and high pressure sodium.

2. Lighting circuit

The cables of each circuit are dimensioned in order to comply with short-

circuit temperature rise, current carrying capacity, and voltage drop

limitations following AS 3008.1.1. Following these calculations was

established that for each circuit the final cables to be used for construction

will be copper conductor cables with XLPE X-90 insulation of the

following cable sections:

Feeder of the Central Distribution Board: 5x150

Page 15: 1. Lighting Calculations

Feeder of the Emergency Power Distribution Panel: 3x35 + 16 .

To feed the local lighting panels on offices, oil station and transporter’s

workshop: 3x50

To feed the local lighting panels on Unit H:5x25

From the lighting panel to the terminal boxes (Road Lighting and Plant

Lighting): 5x16

Within the unit: 3x 10 .

From the terminal box to the luminaire: 3x2,5

The circuit will be protected and controlled from two centralized lighting

panels inside the two substations of the plant. The detailed panel schedules

and connections to each of the circuit are described in Appendix 18. The

total power consumed by the system is of 260kW. Each circuit will have

corresponding protections depending on its nominal current. The expected

short-circuit current will be of 30kA, so downstream cable sizing is done

considering this value. The only single-phase circuits connected to the bus

bars are the convenience outlet circuits and the substation lighting, all of

the other circuits are three-phase circuits.

All the panel outgoings will be protected by a mini circuit breaker (MCB)

and a residual current device (RCD) of 30mA at the most. The nominal

current of these devices is specified in the one-line diagram of lighting

philosophy. The minimum size of MCBs for the lighting circuits will be of

16A.

This design has also been complemented with the required documents of

any classic engineering project which are the Environmental Study, the

Safety and Security Report and the Technical Specifications.

Page 16: 1. Lighting Calculations

DEDICATORIA

A mi abuelo Jose Manuel, Doctor Ingeniero Industrial

“La vie n’est facile pour aucun de nous. Mais quoi, il faut avoir de la persévérance, et surtout de la confiance en soi. Il faut croire que l’on est doué pour quelque chose, et

que, cette chose, il faut donc l’atteindre coûte que coûte.”

-MARIE CURIE-

Page 17: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 18: 1. Lighting Calculations

AGRADECIMIENTOS:

Me gustaría agradecer a mi director de proyecto, Juan Domingo Scarano el haberme dado la oportunidad de realizar este proyecto.

También quisiera agradecer a mis compañeros de TR, a Javier, a Julio, a Dani, a Jose-Manuel, a Gabriel y a Begoña por toda la ayuda que me han ofrecido y sin quienes este proyecto no habría sido posible.

Quiero dar las gracias también a mis padres que me han apoyado a lo largo de esta larga carrera y a mis hermanos Elisa y Jaime. Nunca lo habría conseguido sin vosotros.

A Patricio, por estar siempre ahí cuando más le necesitaba.

A mis amigos de ICAI, porque juntos lo hemos conseguido.

Page 19: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XV

Page 20: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XVI

List of Figures:

Figure 1 Phasor diagrams to illustrate voltage drop conditions (AS 3008.1.1)

Page 45

Figure 2 Switching Arrangement of a 3-Position Switch

Page 49

Figure 3 Existing NP Plant at Dusk

Page 53

Figure 4 Loading Facilities at Royal Bay port at dusk

Page 53

Page 21: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XVII

List of Tables:

Table 1 MINIMUM LIGHT TECHNICAL PARAMETERS FOR ROAD LIGHTING AND OTHER OUTDOOR AREAS

Page 13

Table 2 ROAD LIGHTING TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page 14

Table 3 MINIMUM LIGHT TECHNICAL PARAMETERS FOR INDOOR AREAS

Page 21

Table 4 MINIMUM LIGHT TECHNICAL PARAMETERS FOR OUTDOOR AREAS

Page 22

Table 5 UNIT A TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page 23

Table 6 UNIT B TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page 28

Table 7 UNIT C TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page 28

Table 8 UNIT D TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page 31

Table 9 UNIT E TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page 33

Table 10 UNIT F TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page 34

Table 11 UNIT H TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page 35

Table 12 UNIT J TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page 37

Table 13 UNIT K TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page37

Table 14 UNIT L TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page 38

Table 15 UNIT M TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Page 39

Table 16 Limiting temperatures for insulated cables (Table 1 of AS 3008.1.1)

Page 40

Table 17 Current Ampacity before and after applying the reduction factor to L.V. multicore cables on cable ladder

Page 43

Table 18 Power consumed by the installation

Page 50

Table 19 Receptor Identification – Terrestrial Species

Page 54

Table 20 Maximum Injury Incident Rates

Page 126

Table 21 Information Required on Monthly HSE Reports

Page 132

Page 22: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XVIII

Index of documents

DOCUMENT I. REPORT

Chapter 1. Report Pages 4 to 6 3 pages Chapter 2. Lighting Calculations Pages 7 to 38 32 pages Chapter 3. Cable Sizing Calculations Pages 39 to 46 8 pages Chapter 4. Current Distribution Pages 47 to 49 2 pages Chapter 5. Economic Analysis Pages 49 to 51 2 pages Chapter 6. Environmental Impact Study Pages 51 to 55 5 pages Chapter 7. Appendices Pages 56 to 56* 151 pages

DOCUMENT 2. TECHNICAL DRAWINGS

Chapter 1. List of Drawings Pages 57 to 59 3 pages Chapter 2. Drawings Pages 60 to 98 39 pages

DOCUMENT 3. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Chapter 1. Applicable Standards and Local Regulations

Pages 99 to 103 4 pages

Chapter 2. Technical Specifications Pages 103 to 122 20 pages

DOCUMENT4. SAFETY AND SECURITY REPORT

Chapter 1. Background Pages 123 to 126 3 pages Chapter 2. Procedures Pages 126 to 142 17 pages

DOCUMENT5. BILL OF QUANTITIES

Chapter 1. List of materials Pages 143 to 156 14 pages Chapter 2. Unit price and Partial Sums Pages 157 to 164 8 pages Chapter 3. General Budget Pages 165 to 165 1 page

*The Appendices have each their own page count

Page 23: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XIX

Definitions

AZIMUTH ANGLE Angle a chosen reference direction makes with the vertical plane through the given point and the first axis of the luminaire, when the luminaire is at its tilt during measurement.Unit: radians(rad)

BALLAST A unit inserted between the supply and the one or more discharge lamps of a luminaire and which, by means of inductance, capacitance or a combination of inductance and capacitance, serves mainly to limit the current of the lamp(s) to the required value. It may also include means for transforming the supply voltage and arrangements which help provide a pre-heating current to the electrodes of the lamp and a starting voltage for the lamp.

BETA ANGLE Angle between the planes of direction of illumination and direction of observation. Units: radians (rad).

C ANGLE The angle, in azimuth (see Clause ¡Error! No se encuentra el origen de la referencia.), between the vertical plane containing the direction of a particular value of intensity and the vertical plane parallel to the C0 plane.The C0 plane is typically parallel to the road axis (reference direction).

CATEGORY V LIGHTING

Lighting which is applicable to roads on which the visual requirements of motorists are dominant, e.g. traffic routes. Subcategories range from V1 to V5. The subcategories applicable to industrial precincts are V4 and V5. The subcategory considered in this document will be V4 as more stringent.

COLOUR RENDERING

The degree to which the colours of objects illuminated by a given lamp conform to those of the same objects illuminated by the appropriate reference light source for that lamp.

COLOUR RENDERING INDEX (Ra)

The practical measure of the colour rendering of a given lamp is the CIE General Colour Rendering Index (Ra), which is derived from changes in the colour appearance of a set of eight standard surface colours. It is expressed on a scale having a maximum of 100; the higher the value of the index the better the colour rendering. It can be found tabulated in CIE 13.3. Unit: adimensional.

COMPANY/CLIENT Comillas Pontifical University.

CONTRACTOR Amparo de Mollinedo (author of this Project).

CARRIAGEWAY The portion of the road devoted particularly to the use of vehicles, inclusive of shoulders and auxiliary lanes.

Page 24: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XX

CONFINED SPACE An enclosed or partially enclosed space large enough and so configured that an employee can bodily enter and perform assigned work, has limited or restricted means for entry or exit or not designed for continuous employee occupancy.

CONTINUOUS LOADING

A continuous constant current (100% load factor) just sufficient to produce asymptotically the maximum conductor temperature, the surrounding ambient conditions being assumed constant.

FLYROCK The fragments of rock thrown and scattered during quarry or tunnel blasting.

GAMMA ANGLE The angle, in elevation between the downward vertical axis through the photometric center of the luminaire and the direction of a particular value of intensity in the vertical plane, specified at a given C-angle. Units: rad.

GLARE Condition of vision in which there is discomfort or a reduction in ability to see, or both, caused by an unsuitable distribution or range of luminance, or to extreme contrasts in the field of vision. (a) Disability glareGlare that impairs the visibility of objects without

necessarily causing discomfort.

(b) Discomfort glare Glare that causes discomfort without necessarily impairing the visibility of objects. The Glare Rating Limit is the maximum allowed value given by the CIE Glare Rating system.

GUTH POSITION INDEX

Displacement from the line of sight of each luminaire.

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

Any substance or material that could adversely impact or is capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, environment and property when stored, used, handled or transported.

ILLUMINANCE The physical measure of illumination is illuminance (E). It is the luminous flux arriving at a surface divided by the area of the illuminated surface. Unit: lux (lx); 1 lx = 1 lm/m2.

(a) Horizontal illuminance (Eh) The value of illuminance on a designated horizontal plane at ground level.

(b) Vertical illuminance (Ev) The value of illuminance on a designated vertical plane at a height of 1.5m above ground level. Where the vertical illuminance is considered in the situation ofpotentially obtrusive light at a property boundary it is referred to as environmental vertical illuminance.

ILLUMINANCE UNIFORMITY

(a)For Category V Road Lighting (UE1):The ratio of the maximum illuminance to the minimum illuminance (see Clause ¡Error! No se encuentra el origen de la referencia.) within the specified area. Units: adimensional. (b)For indoor lighting (U1): The ratio of the minimum illuminance to the

Page 25: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XXI

average illuminance on a given plane within the calculation or measurement area.

KERB A raised border of rigid material formed at the edge of a carriageway. This includes the concrete strip at the edge of the pavement where a swale-type drainage system is used.

LICENSERS Each of the Companies who have entered into agreements for the Licensed Engineering Packages.

LOCK OUT

TAG OUT

Safety procedure used to ensure that dangerous machines are properly shut off and not started up again prior to the completion of maintenance or servicing work. It requires that hazardous power sources be "isolated and rendered inoperative" before any repair procedure is started.

LOGBOOK Book that contains the official record of the maintenance and inspections made to the equipment by a qualified person.

LONGITUDINAL UNIFORMITY

The ratio of the minimum to the maximum luminance (see Clause ¡Error! No se encuentra el origen de la referencia.) along a specified length of the carriageway, along the longitudinal line passing through a specified observer position. Units: adimensional.

LOST TIME INJURY Unintended incident that causes injury at work leading to absence beyond the day of the accident.

LUMINAIRE Apparatus which distributes, filters or transforms the light transmitted from one or more lamps and which includes, except for the lamps themselves, all the parts necessary for fixing and protecting the lamps and, where necessary, circuit auxiliaries together with the means for connecting them to the electrical supply.

LUMINANCE The physical quantity corresponding to the brightness of a surface (e.g. a lamp, luminaire or reflecting material such as the road surface) when viewed from a specified direction. Unit: candela per square metre (cd/m2).

LUMINOUS FLUX The measure of the quantity of light. For a lamp or luminaire it normally refers to the total light emitted irrespective of the directions in which it is distributed. Unit: lumen (lm).

LUMINOUS INTENSITY

The concentration of luminous flux emitted in a specified direction. Units: candela (cd) or (cd/km).

MAINTENANCE FACTOR

Ratio of the light flux emitted from a luminaire at a given time to that emitted initially.Units: adimensional.

MOUNTING HEIGHT

The vertical distance between the photometric center of a luminaire, and the surface which is to be illuminated, e.g. the road surface. Units: m.

Page 26: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XXII

NEAR MISS An unintended incident not leading to injury or damage, but which under different circumstances could have become an accident.

OMEGA ANGLE Solid angle of the luminous parts of each luminaire in the direction of the observer’s eye.Unit: steradians (sr).

OUTREACH The distance, measured horizontally, from the photometric centre of a luminaire, tothe center of the vertical section of the pole.Units: m.

OVERALL UNIFORMITY

The ratio of the minimum to the average luminance (see Clause ¡Error! No se encuentra el origen de la referencia.) within the specified section of the carriageway, viewed from a specified observer position. Units: adimensional.

OVERHANG The distance, measured horizontally, between the photometric centre of a luminaire and the adjacent kerb or carriageway edge. The distance is taken to be positive if the luminaire is in front of the kerb or carriageway edge and negative if it is behind. Units: m.

POINT HORIZONTAL ILLUMINANCE

The illuminanceon any calculation grid point on the horizontal plane at ground level within the specified area, derived in the specified manner. Units: lx.

PROJECT: Means the “Lighting design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region”

REDUCED LUMINANCE COEFFICIENT

The reduced luminance (reflection) coefficient of the surface at the calculation point. It is a function of β and γ (see Clauses ¡Error! No se encuentra el origen de la referencia. and ¡Error! No se encuentra el origen de la referencia.). Tabulations of for standard road surfaces are referred to in Section 4 of AS1158.2. Unit: .

RESTRICTED WORK CASE

Injury at work that does not lead to absence from the next scheduled work period, because of alternative job assignment.

SHOULDER The portion of the carriageway beyond the traffic lanes and contiguous and flush with the surface of the road pavement. This portion may be sealed or unsealed.

SUBCONTRACTOR Means a Third Party who has entered into a Subcontract with CONTRACTOR. Any requirements, obligations etc. imposed by this Project on CONTRACTOR in respect of any Subcontractor shall also apply in respect of any sub-Subcontractor, sub-sub-Subcontractor, etc. as though the sub-Subcontractor, sub-sub-Subcontractor, etc. was a genuine Subcontractor.

SUPPLIER OR Any company having a contract directly or indirectly with CONTRACTOR for

Page 27: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XXIII

VENDOR: supply of any equipment and/or material.

SURROUND VERGE ILLUMINANCE

The ratio of the average illuminance of a 3 m wide strip of the verge to the average illuminance of a contiguous like strip of the carriageway, both strips extending for one span of lighting. Units: lx.

TASK AREA The area within which the task is located. This may be the whole of the room or a small part of it.Surface visible within 45° of the line of sight when looking at details anywhere on the task are considered as “Task surroundings”.

THRESHOLD INCREMENT

The measure of disability glare expressed as the percentage increase in contrast required between a standard object and its background (the carriageway) for it to be seen equally as well with the source of glare present as with it absent, derived in the specified manner. Units: % (adimensional).

TIE IN The physical point where CONTRACTOR shall connect to CLIENT systems.

UPWARD WASTE LIGHT RATIO

The ratio of the light flux emitted above the horizontal by a luminaire to the total light flux emitted, expressed as a percentage, evaluated for the upcast angle at which it is to be installed in the lighting scheme. Units: % (adimensional).

VEILING LUMINANCE

The term disability glare only correctly applies to the situation of light scattering in the eye, however it is commonly taken to include some local adaptation effects with similar consequences, such as when a source of high luminance is viewed directly, and noticeable after-images are be created, also obscuring details. The scattered light produces a veiling luminance which is superimposed over the scene. Units: cd/m2.

Page 28: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XXIV

Abbreviations:

AC Alternating Current

ACB Air Circuit Breaker

ALARP As Low As Reasonably Practicable

AN Ammonium Nitrate

ANPF Ammonium Nitrate Production Facility

API American Petroleum Institute

AS Australian Standards

Beta angle

BS British Standard

C C-angle

CB Circuit Breaker

CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan

CSHSEMP Construction Site HSE Management Plan

CT Current Transformer

DC Direct Current

E Illuminance

EDG Emergency Diesel Generator

Eh Horizontal Illuminance

ELV Extra Low Voltage

Em Average Space Horizontal Illuminance

Emax Maximum point illuminance

Emin Minimum point illuminance

EPA Environmental Protection Agency

Eph Point horizontal illuminance

ERT Emergency Response Team

ES Surround (verge) illuminance

ESAA Electricity Supply Association of Australia

Ev Verticalilluminance

FP Fertilizer Plant

GRL Glare rating limit

H Mounting height

Page 29: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XXV

HAZOP Hazard and Operability Analysis

HO Home Office

HPS High Pressure Sodium

HRC High Rupture Current

HSE Health, Safety and Environment

HV High Voltage

I Luminous intensity

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission

ISA Instrument Society of America

L Luminance

Average luminance (on the carriageway or task area)

Lb Background luminance

LCS Local Control Station

LDFP Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific

Region Project

Lmax Maximum luminance

Lmin Minimum luminance

LOTO Lock out tag out

LPS Low Pressure Sodium

LTP Light Technical parameter

LV Low Voltage

Lveil Veiling Luminance

MCC Motor Control Centre

MCCB Moulded Case Circuit Breaker

MCB Mini Circuit Breaker

MF Maintenance Factor

MSD Musculoskeletal Disorders

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

NC Normally Closed

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association

NO Normally Open

NP Neighbouring Plant

OH Overhang

Page 30: 1. Lighting Calculations

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

XXVI

p Guth position index

PE Photo Electric

PER Public Environmental Review

PHA Process Hazards Analysis

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride

r Reduced luminance coefficient

Ra Color rendering index

RCD Residual Current Device

RMS Root Mean Square

S Spacing

SS Substation

SEWPaC Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water,

Population and Communities

SIMOPS Simultaneous Operations

SJA Safe Job Analysis

SPMT Self-Propelled Modular Transporter

SWA Steel Wire Armor

TI Threshold increment

U1 Illuminance uniformity for outdoor lighting

UE1 Illuminance uniformity for Cat. V lighting

UL Longitudinal luminance uniformity

U0 Overall luminance uniformity

UV Ultra Violet

UWLR Upward waste light ratio

VC Vacuum Contactor

WA Western Australia

WK Carriageway design width

XLPE Cross Linked Poly Ethylene

ᵞ Gamma angle

ᵠ Initial luminous flux

Φ Luminous flux

ω Omega angle

Page 31: 1. Lighting Calculations

DOCUMENT 1: ______________________________

REPORT

Page 32: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

2

Contents DOCUMENT 1: ........................................................................................................................................ 1

1 REPORT ......................................................................................................................................... 4

1.1 OBJECTIVES ................................................................................................................................ 4

1.2 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................... 4

1.3 BACKGROUND ............................................................................................................................. 5

1.4 CALCULATION RESULTS ................................................................................................................. 6

1.5 FINAL BUDGET ............................................................................................................................ 6

2 LIGHTING CALCULATIONS .............................................................................................................. 7

2.1 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................................... 7

2.2 LIGHTING FIXTURES ...................................................................................................................... 7

2.3 CALCULATION SOFTWARE ...................................................................................................... 9

2.4 ROAD LIGHTING CALCULATIONS ............................................................................................. 9

2.5 PLANT LIGHTING CALCULATIONS .......................................................................................... 18

3 CABLE SIZING CALCULATIONS ...................................................................................................... 39

3.1 SCOPE ..................................................................................................................................... 39

3.2 GENERAL PRINCIPLES .................................................................................................................. 39

3.3 LIGHTING DESIGN CABLE SIZING .................................................................................................... 40

3.4 CONCLUSIONS OF THE CABLE SIZING CALCULATIONS ......................................................................... 46

4 CURRENT DISTRIBUTION ............................................................................................................. 47

4.1 SCOPE ..................................................................................................................................... 47

4.2 LIGHTING PANEL DISTRIBUTION .................................................................................................... 47

5 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS .................................................................................................................. 49

5.1 SCOPE ..................................................................................................................................... 49

5.2 PROFITABILITY CRITERIA .............................................................................................................. 50

5.3 FINAL COST OF THE PROJECT......................................................................................................... 50

5.4 ECONOMIC EVALUATION ............................................................................................................. 51

6 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT .......................................................................................................... 51

Page 33: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

3

6.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................... 51

6.2 LIGHTING IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY ............................................................................. 52

6.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................. 52

6.4 IDENTIFICATION AND APPRAISAL OF THE IMPACTS ............................................................................. 53

6.5 SAFEGUARD AND MITIGATION MEASURES....................................................................................... 55

6.6 CONCLUSION OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ............................................................ 55

7 APPENDICES ................................................................................................................................ 56

Page 34: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

4

1 Report

1.1 Objectives

This projects aims to achieve three basic objectives:

1) Determine a luminaire disposition that will ensure the required levels of the light technical parameters on every task surface and circulation area, in order to allow for the full activity of the plant 24 hours a day.

2) Design an electrical circuit to provide the required electrical power to the luminaires. The circuit must meet the requirements of AS and include the necessary protections to avoid any damage to the luminaires.

3) Create a sustainable design. The design must have a minimum environmental impact and allow creating a safe environment for the workers.

1.2 Introduction

Some industrial plants need to be in operation 24 hours a day. To make this possible, the lighting of the plant must maintain optimum lighting levels that will allow operators to work in conditions of maximum safety and efficiency. The created visual environment will avoid eye fatigue and promote an effective and comfortable workspace. The lighting level of each surface will be adapted to the type of task to be performed on that area of the workspace. Greater precision tasks will need higher illuminance levels and a superior color performance. For instance, the street lighting of the plant must provide an illuminated environment which will allow for the safe circulation of all types of vehicles as well as pedestrians. It must reveal all of the relevant information, with an accurate level of detail and proportion in order to prevent accidents and their subsequent personal and economic toll.

The different relevant areas of the plant will be evaluated throughout the project and the appropriate lighting solution will be adapted to each particular case. The three-dimensional arrangement of structures, machinery, pipes, cable trays and other items will be included in the model. This model will also consider the materials and colors of these elements as they have a significant influence on the light technical parameters.The design will be adapted to the changes suggested by the client and modifications of the plot plans made by other departments (such as changes in the pipelines and building structures).

Once the type of luminaire, position and tilt angles are established, the route length of the circuit and size of cables must be determined. The circuit must include the adequate protections and control equipment. At this stage will be determined the characteristics of the control and protective panel. Specific equipment from different manufacturers will be chosen as reference.

The sustainable development of this project will be achieved by a focus on the environmental impact, the safety of personnel and the economic cost of the project. First of all, the project will take into account the effects of light pollution to the environment to reduce them to minimal levels. The design will include an environmental impact assessment and be in accordance with AS4282. The luminaires used must also comply with Australian Standards for energy efficiency and meet the "Minimum Energy Performance Standards” (MEPS) that limit energy loss in the luminaires. Social sustainability will be obtained by ensuring the welfare of the personnel by creating a safe and comfortable work environment. The emergency lighting

Page 35: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

5

of the plant will enable the safe evacuation of the workers and avoid panic in critical circumstances. By establishing the optimal number of lighting fixtures and choosing cost-efficient solutions, the economic weight of the project will be sustainable.

1.3 Background

This project is based on a real project designed for construction. To avoid any breaks in confidentiality, some of the data has been disguised and the real characteristics of the plant and its location have been completely modified. For the purpose of this project the location to be considered is the North-West of Australia. This location is particularly interesting from an academic point of view as it is characterized by a very hostile environment. It is both a desert area with a very dry climate and high temperature (the design temperature for the equipment is of 50ºC), and a severe cyclonic region. However the fact that this area is far from the big cities is an advantage to develop industrial areas as they will not affect local human populations. Moreover, its proximity to the ocean allows for good communication by sea. The coastal North-West of Australia is considered according to the Australian Bureau of Meteorology as: “Extremely dangerous with widespread destruction. A Category 5 cyclone's strongest winds are VERY DESTRUCTIVE winds with typical gusts over open flat land of more than 280 km/h. These winds correspond to the highest category on the Beaufort scale, Beaufort 12 (Hurricane).“ In order to withstand these conditions, the equipment will have a minimum IP65 and IK04 and all of the luminaires shall be waterproof. As to the characteristics of the plant itself, the product which will be manufactured in this facility is ammonium nitrate, to be later commercialized as a fertilizer. The ammonium nitrate (AN) is designated in the Australian Dangerous Group Code as category III of the packaging group. This means that is represents a minor danger for storage. The three main hazards associated with ammonium nitrate are the following:

Fire from its oxidizing nature AN does not burn itself but may support combustion and intensify a fire.

Decomposition Pure AN can undergo thermal decomposition that can eventually cause explosion if it receives enough energy.

Explosion as a result of rapid deflagration or detonation Uncontaminated and unconfined AN is very difficult to detonate. Neither flame nor spark nor friction alone can cause a detonation, unless very particular circumstances are met.

These hazards can be reduced by modifying the particle size, density and porosity and avoiding contamination with organic sources, metals and chlorides. In any case, the lighting design shall avoid the overheating of stored AN, and minimize the number of luminaires placed in classified areas. The luminaires to be located in those areas shall be explosion proof.

Page 36: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

6

1.4 Calculation Results

1.4.1 Results of Lighting Calculations

The lighting calculations have been carried out as described in Section 2 of this document following Australian Standards and client specifications. Due to the type of environment in which the plant is to be built and the characteristics of the plant itself, the lighting levels on each surface can be critical to ensure the safety of the workers. Each surface is considered individually and every luminaire is positioned considering all the neighboring factors that may affect its continuous operation.

For the general plant lighting, the optimal disposition is obtained by using different fixing structures that are displayed in the Standard Drawings of Document 2. All of the detailed calculations can be found in tables in section 2 and examples of the output displayed in Dialux are found in Appendices 6 to 16.

For road lighting, a more general value can be given for straight sections as the same type of luminaires have been used in each case. The characteristics of the light poles are shown on Standard Drawings LDFP-DWG-SD-006. These poles will be placed every 25m and with 1,2m distance for the edge of the carriageway, to allow for the 25 lux required by the client and 0,4 illuminance uniformity. The curves, intersections and parking lots had to be individually considered as the analysis of uniformity becomes more complex.

1.4.2 Cable Sizing Results

The cables of each circuit are dimensioned in order to comply with short-circuit temperature rise, current carrying capacity, and voltage drop limitations. This is shown in detail on Appendix 17.The final cables to be used for construction will be copper conductor cables with XLPE X-90 insulation of the following cable sections:

Feeder of the Central Distribution Board: 5x150

Feeder of the Emergency Power Distribution Panel: 3x35 + 16 .

To feed the local lighting panels on offices, oil station and transporter’s workshop: 3x50

To feed the local lighting panels on Unit H:5x25

From the lighting panel to the terminal boxes (Road Lighting and Plant Lighting): 5x16

Within the unit:3x 10 .

From the terminal box to the luminaire: 3x2,5

1.5 Final Budget

The total cost of the project, including materials and installation fees, as detailed in Document

5, amounts to: 1 663 144, 79 Euros

Madrid, May 2013 The Industrial Engineer:

Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

Page 37: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

7

2 Lighting Calculations

2.1 Scope

This section provides with the details of the calculation method, criteria and results to meet the requirements of the LDFP project. These calculations determine the optimal position and number of luminaires to provide with the required levels of the lighting parameters. The calculation grids considered cover all of the relevant areas of the plant to ensure safety. The calculation method and aimed values of the lighting parameters were obtained from the standards listed on Document of this project. This final disposition has been determined for construction.

2.2 Lighting Fixtures

2.2.1 Lighting Fixtures

The lighting calculations have been carried out using the following lighting fixtures. The luminaire catalogues can be found in Appendix 1.

Disano Lighting 920 Hydro T8 2x36 CNR-F grey 86W 6700 lm (see Appendices 1,6,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16).

Disano Lighting 920 Hydro T8 2x18 CNR-F grey 43W 2700 lm (see Appendices 1, 6, 8, 9,

10, 11, 13, 16).

EYE Lighting GOSHAWK HPS 375W 50000 lm (see Appendices 1,4).

GE Lighting BRISA HPS 250W 33000 lm (see Appendices 1, 2, 4, 5).

GE Lighting 519621 PFE-154 HPS 70W 6600 lm (see Appendices1, 7).

GE Lighting 519622 PFE-154 HPS 100W 10700 lm (see Appendices 1, 16).

GE Lighting 519623 PFE-154 HPS 150W (see Appendices 1, 3).

GE Lighting 519604 PFE-400 HPS 250W 33000 lm (see Appendices 1, 5).

GE Lighting 519608 PFE-400 HPS 400W 56500 lm (see Appendices 1, 5).

GEWISS Lighting GW83128S HALLE HPS 250W 25000 lm (see Appendices 1, 6, 12).

GEWISS Lighting GW83131S HALLE HPS 400W 47000 lm (see Appendices 1, 12).

GREENWAY Ascot LED Luminaire 12,2W 1135 lm (see Appendices 1, 3).

HUBBEL Lighting Division HLEZS10X CLEAR HPS 100W 9500lm (see Appendices 1, 6).

Thorlux Lighting Twin Spots TH 2x55 ETS 9615 120W 2126lm (see Appendices 1, 12) .

Page 38: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

8

2.2.2 Requisites for luminaires

The reference luminaires used in the project abide by the client´s specifications which are the following:

All lighting fixtures must have a min IP65 for outdoor and process installation.

For office installations all fixtures must have a minimum IP22.

All auxiliary electronics must be integrated in the lighting fixtures.

Outdoor lighting fixtures must have two cable glands pointing downwards.

All bolts and nuts and fixing materials must be in stainless steel.

All lighting shall be antiglare, facing down, aiming at minimum lighting pollution.

The storage compartments must be free of any electrical cabling and heat sources, due to this no luminaries will be installed over the stacks.Lighting fixtures considered in the calculations must satisfy the requirement indicated in AS 4326 as well as in Government of Western Australia Code of Practice “Safe storage of solid ammonium”, as follow:

- Provide additional safeguards for lighting to prevent it from falling. A stainless steel chain will be fixed to the luminaires.

- Lighting of sufficient luminance as to enable a person to easily read all markings on packages, signs, instruments and other necessary items shall be available in areas where people are working.

- Interior lighting shall be of at least the luminance specified in AS/NZS 1680.1; and sufficient lighting shall be available on the internal roads that lead to areas, rooms or buildings where dangerous goods are kept or handled and which may be used by people during work at the premises.

- Lighting shall have a rating of not less than IP65 in accordance with AS 60529.

To meet the specifications in AS 1158.6 road lighting fixtures also need to have a degree of protection in the controlgear chamber greater than IP24 and a protection against vandalism greater than IK04.

The emergency lighting system will include 30% of all the plant luminaires. These will be connected to the emergency supply circuit of the diesel generator.

2.2.3 Requisites of the lighting scheme

According to the client’s works approval document:

“The provision and use of artificial lighting are required for safety and operational reasonsas the ANPF will operate on a 24h, seven days a week basis. Artificial sources of light will be used during the construction and operation phases of the plant as follows:

Lighting to enable 24h hour a day activities at the plant.

Page 39: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

9

Lighting within the construction site, should night-time works be required.

The permanent lighting system for the ANPF will be determined in the detailed design phase for the ANPF. Permanent lighting will be reduced to the least practical level for the safe conduct and operations, with design considerations including:

Need for the light.

Timing requirements for the light, such as timers to extinguish lights.

Shielding to limit light spill to within the Site (where possible).

Light positioning, such as reducing height and using screening.

Orientation of lights away from Hearson Cove (where possible).

Reducing wattages.”

The lighting design shall also comply with the following requirements of the light technical parameters:

The distribution of light illumination levels will be as uniform as possible.

Illumination will try to maintain levels and luminance contrast focused on the visual tasks, avoiding important variations in the area of operations and its surroundings.

Lighting levels will avoid direct glare caused by sunlight or artificial light sources with high luminance. These sources will not be placed unprotected in the visual area of employees.

Lighting levels will avoid indirect glare motivated by reflective surfaces located in the operating area.

No use of sources of lighting systems that may impair the perception of contrast, of the depth, or distance between objects at workplace that may produce and intermittent visual impression or may motivate strobe effects .

Lighting systems used will not cause electrical hazards, fire or explosions.

2.3 CALCULATION SOFTWARE

The software used to determine the number of lighting fixtures and the optimal disposition to meet the lighting level required is DIALUX 4.10.

2.4 ROAD LIGHTING CALCULATIONS

Industrial road lighting must provide an illuminated environment, which is conducive to the safe and comfortable movement of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. It must ensure the maximum lighting efficiency to reveal necessary visual information to avoid traffic crashes. This type of lighting design is substantially different from the general lighting (indoor and outdoor surrounding areas of buildings) of the plant. It has been carried out separately and following

Page 40: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

10

different standards (AS 1158 and 4282 series), which is why it is presented in a separate section.The road lighting system will provide with a continuous service.

2.4.1 Calculation method and light technical parameters

The calculations are based in the “point by point” method, which is one of the most commonly used procedures in the calculation of industrial lighting. The designer determines different calculation fields (of dimensions according to AS 1158 and AS 1680.1) to obtain the values of the luminance-based and illuminance-based parameters.

2.4.1.1 Luminance-based light technical parameters

The names and definitions of the abbreviations used in the following formulae can be found in Chapters 3 and 4 of this document. These formulae have been obtained from AS1158.2 (Section 2) and AS 1680.1 (Section 8).

The luminance is the brightness of a surface measured in as follows by adding the contributions of all the luminaires involved:

Where:

= the reduced luminance coefficient of the surface at the calculation point. It is a function of β (angle between the planes of direction of illumination and direction of observation) and γ (vertical angle of intensity). Units:

= the luminous intensity from a luminaire directed to the point. It is a function of C (angle between the planes of the direction of illumination and the edge of the carriageway) and γ (vertical angle of intensity). Units: cd/km.

the initial luminous flux of the lamp in the luminaire. Units: kilometers.

MF = the lighting scheme maintenance factor.

The average carriageway luminance is the arithmetic mean of the calculated luminances (sum of luminances over number of calculation points) as follows. Units: cd/m2.

=∑

Where:

N = the total number of calculated points. Units: adimensional.

∑ = the sum of the N calculated luminances. Units: cd/m2.

The overall uniformity ensures that there are no dark areas within a span of lighting which may conceal objects. It is calculated as follows. Units: adimensional.

Page 41: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

11

Where:

Lmin = the minimum value of the calculated luminances of all calculated points. Units: cd/m2.

= the average carriageway luminance. Units: cd/m2.

The longitudinal uniformity ensures that there are no light and dark bars across the road throughout the length of the installation and is measured as follows. Units: adimensional.

Where:

Lmin = the minimum value of the calculated luminances of all calculated points. Units: cd/m2.

Lmax = the maximum value of the calculated luminances of all calculated points. Units: cd/m2.

2.4.1.2 Illuminance-based LTPs

The illuminance determines the quantity of light falling on a surface measured in lux ( ). The horizontal illuminance is the value of illuminance in a designated horizontal plane (in this case the plane of the carriageway). It is calculated as follows by adding the contributions of all the luminaires involved:

Where:

γ = vertical angle of intensity. Units: rad.

r (β,γ) = the reduced luminance coefficient of the surface at the calculation point. Units: .

= the luminous intensity from a luminaire directed to the point. It is a function of C (angle between the planes of the direction of illumination and the edge of the carriageway) and γ. Units: cd/km.

the initial luminous flux of the lamp in the luminaire. Units: km.

the lighting scheme maintenance factor. Units: adimensional.

the mounting height of the luminaire. Units: m.

The illuminance horizontal uniformity is controlled to ensure that there are no excessively bright points within the designated design area and is calculated as follows. Units: adimensional.

Page 42: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

12

Emax and Emin are the minimum and maximum illuminance values obtained throughout the calculation grid.

2.4.1.3 Glare-based LTPs

The Threshold increment (TI) measures the disabling effect of glare and is calculated according to the following formula. Units: adimensional.

Where:

= the average carriageway luminance. Units: cd/m2.

= the veiling luminance in cd/m2 as per equation:

Where:

E = the maintained illuminance at the observer’s eye from one luminaire. Units: lux.

Θ = the eccentricity of the luminaire from the observer’s line of sight. Units: rad.

The Unified Glare Rating, as recommended by the CIE is also used to measure the effects of glare and is calculated with the following formula. Units: adimensional.

Where:

L = carriageway luminance. Units: cd/m2

Lb = background luminance. Units: cd/m2

ω = solid angle of luminous parts of each luminaire at the observer’s eye. Units: sr.

P = Guth position index.

2.4.1.4 Flux-based LTP

One of the effects of road lighting is the spill of light in other directions than the horizontal plane of the carriageway. This can have a negative effect on the surrounding environment and must be limited in the lighting design. The upward waste light ratio measures the percentage of light emitted above the horizontal as follows:

UWLR =

Page 43: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

13

Where and are the flux emitted above the horizontal and the total flux emitted respectively in lumen. It is usually expressed in percentages.

2.4.2 Values of light technical parameters

The lighting levels required by the client, obtained from the contract are listed below:

“Outdoor areas with no buildings, nor streets shall not be illuminated, except for the fence around the premises which shall be illuminated at the same level as streets. In order to allow for ageing and fouling the actual lighting intensities for a new installation shall be 1.25 times the values of the below table.”

The lighting level will be therefore put at 1,25 times the required value of Table 8.1.

Please note that UE1=

<=8 which is equivalent to

.

The plant is not located in a residential area nor a commercial area, so the limitations from Table 2.1. of AS 4282 on light technical parameters are not applicable.The required values of the light technical parameters for road lighting are listed on Table 1.

TABLE1: MINIMUM LIGHT TECHNICAL PARAMETERS FOR ROAD LIGHTING AND OTHER OUTDOOR AREAS

Client specifications Australian Standards (category V4)

Area, task or activity

Em [lux]

U0 [-]

GRL [-]

Ra [-]

Em [lux]

U0 [-]

UE1 [-]

Lm [cd/m

2] GRL [-]

UWLR %

UL [-] AS

Slowly moving vehicles

10 0,4 50 20 - 0,33 - 0,5 TI 20%

3% 0,5 1158.1.1

Regular vehicle traffic

20 0,4 45 20 - 0,33 - 0,5 TI 20%

3% 0,5 1158.1.1

Vehicle turning points, loading and unloading points

50 0,4 50 20 5 0,33

* 8 0,5

TI 20%

3% 0,5 1158.1.1

Parking lots, access gates with video surveillance

50 0,25 50 40 14 0,33 10 - - 3% 0,5 1158.3.1

Fence lighting 5 - - - - - - - - - - -

Filling and emptying container trucks with risk free substances

50 0,4 50 20 40 0,33 8 - 45 3% 0,5 1680.5

Filling and emptying container trucks with dangerous substances

100 0,4 45 40 - 0,33 - - - 3% 0,5 -

Fuel loading and unloading sites

100 0,4 45 20 40 0,33 - - 28 3% 0,5 1680.2.4

Page 44: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

14

(*) According to AS 1158.1.1 (Section 3.3.2) this value only applies to curves of radius of curvature greater than 100m. For curves of radius of curvature of less than 100m, only illuminance-based design shall be carried out, so the light technical parameters to be considered are only the average illuminance (Em) and the illuminance uniformity (UE1) (see Clause 8.1.2 of this document). This also applies to intersections where the road is modified by channelization or is interrupted, due to the irregular nature of the lighting geometry, according to Section 3.4 of AS 1158.1.1.

2.4.3 Conclusions of Lighting Calculations

Table 2 summarizes the results of the lighting calculations of this unit.The detailed lighting calculations of Road Lighting can be found inAppendix 2, Appendix 3, Appendix 4, and Appendix 5.

TABLE 2: ROAD LIGHTING TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Area

Average illuminanceEav [lux]

Overall Uniformity

Emin/Emax Upward waste light ratio

UGRL (max)

Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref.

Straight sections

Road 13m 25,21 25 0,46 0,4 0,262 0,125 0% max 3%

36 45

Road 9m 25,52 25 0,53 0,4 0,321 0,125 0% max 3%

26 45

Lighting from racks 21 and 28

Road B: Section 1

31 25 0,69 0,4 0,33 0,125 0,5% max 3%

45 50

Road B: Section 2

35 25 0,43 0,4 0,27 0,125 0,5% max 3%

45 50

Road B: Section 3

47 25 0,48 0,4 0,209 0,125 0,5% max 3%

48 50

Road B: Main Vehicle Turning Area 1

69 62 - - 0,29 0,125 0,5% max 3%

48 50

Road B: Main Vehicle Turning Area 2

65 62 - - 0,27 0,125 0,5% max 3%

50 50

Road B: Main Vehicle Turning Area 3

63 62 - - 0,28 0,125 0,5% max 3%

49 50

Road B: Main Vehicle Turning Area 4

63 62 - - 0,36 0,125 0,5% max 3%

49 50

Road B: Main Vehicle Turning Area 5

68 62 - - 0,25 0,125 0,5% max 3%

44 50

Road 5: Section 1 47 25 0,64 0,4 0,29 0,125 0,5% max 3%

42 50

Road 5: Section 2 47 25 0,54 0,4 0,26 0,125 0,5% max 3%

42 50

Road 4: Section 1 44 25 0,52 0,4 0,31 0,125 0,5% max 3%

44 50

Road 4: Section 2 47 25 0,45 0,4 0,23 0,125 0,5% max 3%

46 50

Road 4: Section 3 32 25 0,52 0,4 0,21 0,125 0,5% max 3%

43 50

Road 4: Section 4 47 25 0,61 0,4 0,36 0,125 0,5% max 3%

40 50

Intersection Road 6A/Road A

47 25 - - 0,24 0,125 0,5% max 3%

48 50

Intersection Road 6A 46 25 - - 0,39 0,125 0,5% max 3%

49 50

Intersection Road 6B/ Road A

37 25 - - 0,35 0,125 0,5% max 3%

41 50

Intersection Road 6/ Road C

33 25 - - 0,25 0,125 0,5% max 3%

46 50

Page 45: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

15

Area

Average illuminanceEav [lux]

Overall Uniformity

Emin/Emax Upward waste light ratio

UGRL (max)

Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref.

Fence Lighting

Solar fence lighting every 24m

6,5 6,25 0,34 - 0,032 - 1,50% max 3%

- -

Road 1 (Projectors) 14 6,25 - - 0,24 - 0,50% max 3%

- -

Road 6 28 6,25 - - 0,19 - 0,50% max 3%

- -

Road D (Projectors) 16 6,25 - - 0,15 - 0,50% max 3%

- -

Road A (Projectors) 17 6,25 - - 0,24 - 0,50% max 3%

- -

Main Intersection

Intersection 1 StraightSection 1

54 25 0,5 0,4 0,293 0,125 3,00% max 3%

47 50

Intersection 1 StraightSection 2

73 25 0,58 0,4 0,502 0,125 3,00% max 3%

47 50

Intersection 1 63 62 - - 0,25 0,125 3,00% max 3%

47 50

Intersection 2 Straightsection

70 25 0,73 0,4 0,411 0,125 3,00% max 3%

42 50

Intersection 2 68 62 - - 0,21 0,125 3,00% max 3%

49 50

Gate 1 79 62 0,93 0,4 0,806 0,125 3,00% max 3%

39 50

Gate 2 62 62 0,72 0,4 0,502 0,125 3,00% max 3%

47 50

Gate 3 75 62 0,68 0,4 0,733 0,125 3,00% max 3%

39 50

Gate 4 66 62 0,65 0,4 0,642 0,125 3,00% max 3%

45 50

Gate 5 62 62 0,83 0,4 0,576 0,125 3,00% max 3%

41 50

Gate 6 64 62 0,68 0,4 0,459 0,125 3,00% max 3%

42 50

Gate 7 71 62 0,77 0,4 0,537 0,125 3,00% max 3%

45 50

Main Curves and Parking Areas

Main Parking Lot (Car Park)

65 62 0,56 0,4 0,304 0,125 0% max 3%

45 50

Road TrainsPaved Parking

62 62 0,52 0,4 0,368 0,125 2% max 3%

50 50

Road 1 Section 1 27 25 0,62 0,4 0,318 0,125 2% max 3%

49 50

Road 1 Section 2 30 25 0,41 0,4 0,278 0,125 2% max 3%

47 50

Road 3 28 25 0,49 0,4 0,243 0,125 2% max 3%

49 50

Road 4 36 25 0,41 0,4 0,257 0,125 2% max 3%

41 50

Road 5 42 25 0,45 0,4 0,315 0,125 2% max 3%

50 50

Road 3/Road 4 Curve 40 25 - - 0,19 0,125 2% max 3%

49 50

Transporter'sWorkshop Curve (intersection)

64 62 - - 0,25 0,125 2% max 3%

47 50

Road Trains Parking Curve

32 25 - - 0,27 0,125 2% max 3%

50 50

Page 46: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

16

Area

Average illuminanceEav [lux]

Overall Uniformity

Emin/Emax Upward waste light ratio

UGRL (max)

Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref.

Main Intersection

Intersection 1 StraightSection 1

54 25 0,5 0,4 0,293 0,125 3,00% max 3% 47 50

Intersection 1 StraightSection 2

73 25 0,58 0,4 0,502 0,125 3,00% max 3% 47 50

Intersection 1 63 62 - - 0,25 0,125 3,00% max 3% 47 50

Intersection 2 Straightsection

70 25 0,73 0,4 0,411 0,125 3,00% max 3% 42 50

Intersection 2 68 62 - - 0,21 0,125 3,00% max 3% 49 50

Gate 1 79 62 0,93 0,4 0,806 0,125 3,00% max 3% 39 50

Gate 2 62 62 0,72 0,4 0,502 0,125 3,00% max 3% 47 50

Gate 3 75 62 0,68 0,4 0,733 0,125 3,00% max 3% 39 50

Gate 4 66 62 0,65 0,4 0,642 0,125 3,00% max 3% 45 50

Gate 5 62 62 0,83 0,4 0,576 0,125 3,00% max 3% 41 50

Gate 6 64 62 0,68 0,4 0,459 0,125 3,00% max 3% 42 50

Gate 7 71 62 0,77 0,4 0,537 0,125 3,00% max 3% 45 50

Main Curves and Parking Areas

Main Parking Lot (Car Park)

65 62 0,56 0,4 0,304 0,125 0% max 3% 45 50

Road TrainsPaved Parking

62 62 0,52 0,4 0,368 0,125 2% max 3% 50 50

Road 1 Section 1 27 25 0,62 0,4 0,318 0,125 2% max 3% 49 50

Road 1 Section 2 30 25 0,41 0,4 0,278 0,125 2% max 3% 47 50

Road 3 28 25 0,49 0,4 0,243 0,125 2% max 3% 49 50

Road 4 36 25 0,41 0,4 0,257 0,125 2% max 3% 41 50

Road 5 42 25 0,45 0,4 0,315 0,125 2% max 3% 50 50

Road 3/Road 4 Curve

40 25 - - 0,19 0,125 2% max 3% 49 50

Transporter'sWorkshop Curve (intersection)

64 62 - - 0,25 0,125 2% max 3% 47 50

Road Trains Parking Curve

32 25 - - 0,27 0,125 2% max 3% 50 50

Page 47: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

17

The dimensions of the lighting poles and bracket arms follow AS 1798. The poles with outreach arms have a standard height of 13,7m and a standard outreach arm projection of 1,5m. The poles without outreach arm are of standard height 13,7m (poles with projectors). These dimensions are the standard dimensions for traffic design of Main Roads Western Australia, according to their Specification 701. The poles will have a 26m separation to obtain the required levels of illuminance and uniformity. With a short outreach arm, the poles are also more resistant to the severe cyclonic winds.

According to AS 4282, Appendix A:”To keep glare to minimum, ensure that the main beam angle of all lights directed towards any potential observer is kept below 70º”. In this design, all street lighting lamps will be aimed downward (luminaires fixed in horizontal position) and projectors will be aimed at a maximum angle of 30º. The previously mentioned height of the light poles (13,7m), according to this standard, will reduce the spill light, simplify shielding and reduce glare from the luminaires. Moreover, the spread of light will be controlled within the boundaries of the plant and minimized in the vertical plane by the use of unobtrusive fixtures.

The road lighting philosophy used in this design is based on determining the minimum number of lighting fixtures that will ensure the required levels. In curves and intersections, the lighting fixtures aim to avoid glare disturbance and illuminate the profile of all hazards. To reduce the number of lighting poles, projectors are fixed to the structure of the piperack to provide the lighting of some stretches of the road.

The calculation surfaces and position of the glare observers are determined according to AS 1158.1.1. For curves of less than 30m the design area includes the curve area and a straight section of less than 10m on each side. For intersections, the minimum calculation area includes the surface of the roadway extending at least 10m beyond the prolongation of the kerblines of the intersecting roads. The design of straight sections considers both luminance and illuminance-based calculations. The design of curves (all of a radius of less than 100m), and intersections only follows illuminance-based calculations (see Clause 8.2) as per guidelines of AS1158.1.1. However, in the Main Intersection, due to the large dimensions available, three street valuation fields have been considered in order to obtain an estimate value of the luminance uniformity (Uo), taking advantage of the straight sections of the intersection.

The pavement composition is of bituminous concrete. The type of CIE road surface is R3, as it appears on Table 3.1 of AS 1158.1.2.

The pole setback from the edge of the shoulder is of 1.2m. The lighting poles are therefore within the clear zone according to Appendix B of AS 1158.1.2.

Fence lighting is provided by a combination of two lighting solutions. Wherever the fence is sufficiently close from the road, projectors are fixed on the road lighting poles, aiming the fence at an angle of 50º. This is the case of Roads 1, D and A. On the last section of Road 6, the fence is at such a low distance from the road (5m) that the road lighting is enough to meet the 6,25 lux required on the fence. The remaining perimeter of the fence is illuminated by Solar lighting systems.

Page 48: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

18

2.5 PLANT LIGHTING CALCULATIONS

The general lighting of the plant is divided in three groups of lighting solutions, which carry different functions and receive a different energy supply of the luminaires. These three lighting solutions are as follows:

Normal plant lighting:

The purpose of the normal plant lighting is to provide the minimum lighting levels required for the successful operation of the plant in optimal safety conditions. The values of the minimum lighting parameters must be as required by Australian Standards and the Client’s specifications (see Tables 6.1 AND 6.2). Different types of luminaires will be used to obtain the required levels as will be given in detail further. The normal plant lighting will be connected to the general plant network through substations I and II.

Emergency lighting:

Following the requisites of Appendix E-21 of the contract, at least 30% of the normal plant lighting will not only be connected to the plant network but also to the diesel generator. The main intent of this lighting solution is to provide the necessary lighting level for the safe evacuation of all personnel in case of a blackout. In order for this lighting solution to fulfill its purpose, the type of discharge lamps required, are hot re-striking lamps. The fluorescent lamps will switch on as soon as the diesel generator becomes available.

Evacuation and escape routes lighting:

This lighting solution is essential to guarantee minimum lighting levels in the time between the power cut and the effective start of the diesel generator, subsequently switching on the emergency lighting system. The evacuation and escape routes system –during time between blackout and Emergency Diesel Generator- is composed by battery integrated luminaires. The luminaires switch to the battery source as soon as the power cut starts.

These three lighting systems will be indicated in the lighting drawings.

2.5.1 Calculation method and light technical parameters

The calculations are based in the “point by point” method, which is one of the most commonly used procedures in the calculation of industrial lighting. The designer determines different calculation fields (of dimensions according to AS 1680.1) to obtain the values of the luminance-based and illuminance-based parameters. The following formulae have also been obtained from Australian Standards.

2.5.1.1 Illuminance-based light technical parameters

The names and definitions of the abbreviations used in the following formulae can be found in Chapters 3 and 4 of this document. These formulae have been obtained from AS1158.2 (Section 2) and AS 1680.1 (Section 8).

The illuminance in lux ( ). It is calculated as follows by adding the contributions of all the luminaires involved:

Page 49: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

19

Where:

γ = vertical angle of intensity. Units: rad.

= the luminous intensity from a luminaire directed to the point in cd/km. It is a function of C (angle between the planes of the direction of illumination and the longitudinal axis of the luminaire) and γ.

the initial luminous flux of the lamp in the luminaire, in km.

the lighting scheme maintenance factor. Units: adimensional.

the mounting height of the luminaire. Units: m.

The illuminance uniformity is controlled to ensure that there is not an excessive contrast between adjacent areas of the illuminated space and is calculated as follows:

Where Emin and Em are the minimum and mean illuminance values obtained from the calculation grid in lux. Units: lx/lx (adimensional).

2.5.1.2 Glare- based LTPs

The Unified Glare Rating, as recommended by the CIE is also used to measure the effects of glare and is calculated with the following formula. Units: adimensional.

Where:

L = luminance of the luminous parts of each luminaire in the direction of the observer’s eye. Units: cd/m2.

Lb = background luminance. Units: cd/m2

ω = solid angle of luminous parts of each luminaire at the observer’s eye. Units: sr.

P = Guth position index.

Page 50: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

20

2.5.2 Values of light technical parameters

The lighting levels required by the client, obtained from the contract are listed below and on Table 3 and Table 4.

“The uniformity of illuminance shall be equal to or better than Emin/Emean =0,5 in production, maintenance and utility areas. Between adjacent indoor work areas/rooms, the illuminance ratio should not exceed 5:1. At workplaces, the difference in illuminance shall never be more than 40:1 within the total field of vision. Differences between the field of work, near field and surroundings shall be limited to 10:30:1.”

“Unless more stringent Australian or international regulations apply, lighting level in process plant shall be 100 lx.[…] Within the process areas the stated lighting intensities shall be valid for an area of approximately 2m around the equipment where process control or manual operations are required.”

“In order to allow for ageing and fouling the actual lighting intensities for a new installation shall be 1.25 times the values of the below table.”

The lighting level will be therefore put at 1,25 times the required value of Table 3 and Table 4.

The illuminance level is measured as recommended in AS 1680.1, Table 3.2, at typical workplane height of 0.85 m.

According to AS 1680.1, Table 2.2, several colour rendering groups may be applicable to industrial buildings. Choosing one scenario or another is a matter of particular judgment as it is explained in paragraph 7.5.1 of that standard:

“However, the particular level of colour rendering acceptable in any particular circumstance remains a matter of individual judgement. [...] In addition to satisfying the needs of the task, the colour appearance and colour rendering properties of the lamps should suit the type of interior; in particular, the type of activity, the illuminance, and colour scheme employed.”

In this design the references for colour rendering are taken from the client’s specifications as they stay within the limits given in AS 1680.1.

The UWLR could not be calculated with the DiaLux program for plant lighting as it only calculates the percentage upward light emitted by luminaires. It does not take into account the effect of the platforms that shield the upward light. As these luminaires are aimed at a low vertical aiming angle and most of them are covered by above platforms, the impact of this parameter is not considered significant.

Page 51: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

21

TABLE 3: MINIMUM LIGHT TECHNICAL PARAMETERS FOR INDOOR AREAS

Client specifications Australian Standards

Indoor

Area, task or activity Em

[lux] GRL [-]

Ra [-] U1 [-] Notes

Em [lux]

GRL [-]

Ra [-]

Emin/ Em [-] AS

Process Plant 100 - - 0,5 - 80 25 20 0,5 1680.2.4

Walkways and corridors - - - - - 40 - 60 0,3 1680.2.1

Stairs, escalators, travolators

150 25 40 - - 80 25 40 0,3 1680.2.1

Loading ramps/bays 150 25 40 - - 40 25 60 0,3 1680.2.1

Canteens, pantries 200 22 80 0,5 - 160 25 60 0,5 1680.2.1

Rest Rooms 100 22 80 0,5 - 40

luminaires outside view of resting

occupants

60 0,5

1680.2.1

AN Bulk Storage and Bagging

150 22 60 0,5 - 80 25 20 0,5 1680.2.4/ 1680.2.1

Dispatch packing handling in store rooms

300 25 60 0,5 - 80 28 40 0,5 1680.2.4

Boiler House 100 28 40 0,5 - 80 25 20 0,5 1680.2.4

Machine halls 200 25 80 0,5

For high-bay lighting Ra

can be below 80

160 25 20 0,5 1680.2.4

Side rooms, e.g. pump rooms, condenser rooms, switchboards, etc

200 25 60 0,5 - 160 25 20 0,5 1680.2.4 & 1680.2.1

Control rooms 500 16 80 0,5 - 320 19 60 0,5 1680.2.1

Emergency escape luminaires

- - - - - 0,2 - - - 2293.1

Emergency escape luminaires in staircases

- - - - - 1 - - - 2293.1

Page 52: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

22

TABLE 4: MINIMUM LIGHT TECHNICAL PARAMETERS FOR OUTDOOR AREAS

2.5.3 Conclusions of Lighting Calculations

In this section are listed the results of the lighting calculations specific of every unit of the plant. The lighting philosophy is described for each particular case.

2.5.3.1 Unit A

In this unit, the calculations are separated between the different floors, platforms and relevant areas. Table 5summarizes the values of the lighting parameters.The detailed lighting calculations of this unit can be found inAppendix 6.

The first areas to be considered are the main staircases of this unit which all have almost identical structures, so they will be studied using only one model. All lighting of staircases is provided with 2x36 and 2x18 fluorescent tubes as the combination of these generates good uniformity of light and does not cause discomfort glare. Glare is especially relevant in these areas as they are a key element of escape routes and could become a great hazard. These luminaires will be fixed wherever possible to the structure of the staircase, in such a way that will provide greater resistance to cyclonic conditions.

In the process area, the main corridor that divides both floors in two (occupies an area of 6x36m), will be lighted with mogul base HPS lamps (for the purpose of this design we use HLEZ series HUBBEL luminaires). These lights ensure more than the required lighting level of 125 lx. They will also be used in other areas of the process plant in this unit, combined with 2x36 and 2x18 fluorescent lamps. The fixing points of the luminaires will be located on the structure of the building, the piping support structures, handrails, ceilings and any other available flat surface. In the top floor of the process building luminaires will mostly be swivel mounted.

The area surrounding the ammonia vaporizer is classified as a hazardous area zone 2. We will place a minimum number of luminaires on this area. All luminaires will be classified type.

Client specifications Australian Standards

Outdoors

Area, task or activity

Em [lux]

GRL [-] Ra [-] U1 [-] Notes

Em [lux] GRL [-] Ra [-]

Emin/ Em [-] AS

Area under piperack

20 - - - - - - - - -

General lighting building sites

50 50 20 0,5 - 20 25 20 0,5 1680.1

Handling of servicing tools, manually regulated valves, starting and stopping motors, lighting of burners

20 55 20 0,5 - - - - - -

Stairs 100 25 40 - - 80 25 40 0,3 1680.2.1

Outdoor switchgear

20 - 20 0,5 Safety colors recognizable

- - - - -

Page 53: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

23

In all production areas, special care is given to keep the uniformity of illuminance above 0.5 and the difference of illuminance below 40:1 within the total field of vision.

The last significant are to be considered is the compressor’s cabin. The general lighting of the cabin is provided by hanging warehouse lights (for the purpose of this design we use Gewiss Halle 250 W luminaires). These lights maintain a minimum lighting level of 250 lx on the workplane. These luminaires fully exploit the advantages the high ceiling of the cabin, as they hang from a distance that provides with optimum light uniformity. All maintenance of the hanging luminaires is performed from the bridge crane. The equipment inside of the cabin (such as the compressor train and the oxidation reactor), is modeled with simplified geometrical surfaces which reflect the effects of these elements on the general lighting. This design also includes fluorescent tubes of 2x36 fixed on the walls of the cabin to ensure sufficient lighting of the passageways and areas surrounding the equipment. The model does not take into account all the details of the interior such as the presence of piping and cable trays. The fluorescent tubes avoid the shades of these elements to interfere with the illuminance and uniformity of the workplane. The pumps and other equipment located underneath the compressor cabin will be also illuminated with fluorescent tubes. The dismantling area will be lighted with projectors.

As to the glare rating of this unit, according to AS 1680.1 paragraph 8.3.3 table 8.2:

“For those applications for which a maximum UGR of 25 or more is recommended, the calculation of a glare index is not normally justified. The use of the luminaire selection system will be sufficient.”

The luminaires used follow this system as it appears in AS 1680.1 paragraph 8.3.4. They will not cause discomfort glare

TABLE 5: UNIT A TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Area

Average illuminanceEa

v [lux]

Emin/Emax [-]

Illuminance uniformity Comments

U1 [-]

Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Stairs

126 125 0.18 0,125 0.33 0,3

Ground level. MODULE A5pump1

163 125 0.46 0,125 0.68 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A5eq1

138 125 0.37 0,125 0.64 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A5 (platform 1)

148 125 0.54 0,125 0.71 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A4

132 125 0.36 0,125 0.64 0,3

Ground level. MODULE A5 (platform 2)

137 125 0.47 0,125 0.61 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A5 (platform3)

130 125 0.51 0,125 0.64 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A5 (platform4)

66 62 0.98 0,125 0.99 0,5

Very small platform where only 2x18W luminaire can be

positioned.

Page 54: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

24

Area

Average illuminanceEav [lux]

Emin/Emax Illuminance uniformity Emin/Em

Comments

Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref.

Ground level. MODULE A5 (pump2)

144 125 0.35 0,125 0.57 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A6 (pumps ground level)

146 125 0.23 0,125 0.5 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A6 (platform 5)

126 125 0.44 0,125 0.59 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A6 (platform 6)

123 62 0.86 0,125 0.91 0,5

Very small platform where only 2x18W luminaire can be

positioned.

Ground level. MODULE A6 (eq2)

129 125 0.7 0,125 0.83 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A6 (pump3)

160 125 0.24 0,125 0.34 0,5

The luminaire on this platform cannot be

positioned otherwise due to equipment.

Better uniformity cannot be achieved.

Ground level. MODULE A5 (platform 7)

129 125 0.67 0,125 0.77 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A5 (eq3)

135 125 0.32 0,125 0.53 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A6 (eq4)

141 125 0.35 0,125 0.56 0,5

Ground level. MODULE A6 (platform EL 103.4)

154 125 0.45 0,125 0.61 0,5

Top floor MODULE A6 156 125 0.24 0,125 0.51 0,5

Top floor MODULE A6 171 125 0.44 0,125 0.58 0,5

Top floor MODULE A6 151 125 0.59 0,125 0.72 0,5

Top floor MODULE A6 (EL109 passageways & valves)

155 125 0.23 0,125 0.43 0,3

Page 55: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

25

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity Comments

U1 [-]

Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref.

Top floor MODULE A6 (platform EL111.2)

230 125 0.71 0,125 0.82 0,5

Top floor MODULE A6 89 62 0.91 0,125 0.95 0,5

Very small platform where only 2x18W luminaire can be

positioned.

Top floor MODULE A6

131 125 0.81 0,125 0.9 0,5

Top floor MODULE A6

178 125 0.66 0,125 0.77 0,5

Top floor MODULE A6 190 125 0.35 0,125 0.51 0,5

Top floor MODULE A6 platform EL115.4

132 125 0.44 0,125 0.57 0,5

Outside area Module A10

209 125 0.4 0,125 0.5 0,5

Outside area Module A12 138 125 0.33 0,125 0.53 0,5

Outside area stairs 154 125 0.4 0,125 0.68 0,5

Outside area 144 125 0.31 0,125 0.52 0,5

Outside area 132 125 0.48 0,125 0.68 0,5

Outside area Under cabin platform EL 103.55

156 125 0.48 0,125 0.59 0,5

Outside area Under cabin platform EL 103.5

144 125 0.59 0,125 0.74 0,5

Dismantling area 136 125 0.62 0,125 0.84 0,5

Outside area stairs

138 125 0.45 0,125 0.63 0,5

Page 56: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

26

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity Comments

U1 [-]

Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref.

Outside area Under cabin valves

147 125 0.43 0,125 0.59 0,5

Outside area Under cabin valves 2

172 125 0.56 0,125 0.69 0,5

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL105

167 125 0.358 0,125 0.509 0,5

The lighting of this module has been

designed in order to give preference to the outline of the ladders.

Pipes and other elements also limit the luminaire disposition in the platforms. Although

a lower level of uniformity is obtained, it

is considered acceptable (always

above the requirements of AS which is 0,3).

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL109.5

167 125 0.534 0,125 0.635 0,5

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL111.75

142 125 0.342 0,125 0.480 0,5

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL114.35

135 125 0.248 0,125 0.4 0,5

Outside area platform EL118.25 (MODULE A7 )

148 125 0.409 0,125 0.551 0,5

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL123.3

144 125 0.314 0,125 0.453 0,5

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL125.75

175 125 0.383 0,125 0.516 0,5

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL129.0

160 125 0.7 0,125 0.809 0,5

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL133.25

137 125 0.36 0,125 0.58 0,5

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL137.0(12DA-001)

127 125 0.333 0,125 0.471 0,5

Page 57: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

27

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity Comments

U1 [-]

Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref.

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL142.2

125 125 0.187 0,125 0.3 0,5

The lighting of this module has been

designed in order to give preference to the outline of the ladders.

Pipes and other elements also limit the luminaire disposition in the platforms. Although

a lower level of uniformity is obtained, it

is considered acceptable (always

above the requirements of AS which is 0,3).

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL147.

161 125 0.442 0,125 0.568 0,5

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL148.8

165 125 0.485 0,125 0.59 0,5

Outside area MODULE A7 platform EL151.05

143 125 0.43 0,125 0.54 0,5

Outside area MODULE A8 platform EL 133.25 (stack)

160 125 0.438 0,125 0.575 0,5

Outside area MODULE A8 platform EL 133.4 (stack)

142 125 0.732 0,125 0.844 0,5

Compressor Cabin

Cabin floor 256 250 0.41 0,125 0.67 0,5

Tank floor 249 250 0.32 0,125 0.5 0,5

Tank platform 395 250 0.57 0,125 0.72 0,5

Platform EL 115 155 125 0.29 0,125 0.5 0,5

Compressor Cabin exterior platforms EL106

127 125 0.59 0,125 0.75 0,5

Compressor Cabin exterior platforms EL112

128 125 0,64 0,125 0.76 0,5

2.5.3.2 Unit B

This unit includes the lighting of several pipe racks of the plant. The detailed lighting calculations of this unit can be found inAppendix 7. As every pipe rack has the same geometry a calculation grid under one section of the rack has been considered to later extrapolate the results for the entire length of the pipe racks. The final results appear on Table 6. In this case, HPS 70W luminaires satisfy the project requirements. These luminaires will be aimed at an angle lower than 70º so as to prevent glare (according to AS4282) and to minimize the UWLR.

The optimal disposition of the luminaires is every 12m. However, as the luminaires are fixed on the structure of the rack, this disposition cannot always be achieved. To foresee this problem, another calculation has been carried out considering a combined disposition of luminaires. In this case the first and second luminaire of the section are separated 9m, the following luminaire is at 12m and the next one at 15m. The required illuminance level is achieved with both layouts, but the illuminance uniformity is better when the luminaires are placed every 12m, as it is shown on Table ¡Error! No se encuentra el origen de la referencia..

Page 58: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

28

TABLE 6: UNIT B TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity

U1 [-] Comments

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

Unit B: ISBL Pipe Racks

Floodlights every 9m,12m and15m

33 25 0,131 - 0,279 -

Floodlights every 12m 31 25 0,211 - 0,432 -

Unit G: Interconnecting Pipe Rack

Floodlights every 12m 27 25 0,159 - 0,32 -

2.5.3.3 Unit C

The different relevant areas of this unit are listed on Table 7 with the values of the measured lighting parameters.The detailed lighting calculations of this unit can be found inAppendix 8.

The lighting philosophy of this unit is the same as the one followed for Unit A (see Clause 2.5.3.1). The task areas around the equipment, the passageways and staircases receive light from 2x36W and 2x18W fluorescent lamps. Only a minimum number of luminaires are placed within the hazardous areas. Basic geometric objects model the effects of the real equipment on the general lighting of the unit.

TABLE 7: UNIT C TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity

U1 [-] Comments

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

MODULE C6 ground floor passages

226 125 0.45 0,125 0.64 0,5

MODULE C6 stairs 286 125 0.28 0,125 0.43 0,3

MODULE C6 platform EL108.4

231 125 0.296 0,125 0.578 0,5

MODULE C6 platform EL103.25

184 125 0.540 0,125 0.710 0,5

MODULE C6 platform EL103 169 125 0.412 0,125 0.607 0,5

MODULE C6 platform EL106.5

84 125 0.488 0,125 0.635 0,5

Very small platform where only 2x18W luminaire can be

positioned.

Page 59: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

29

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity Comments

U1 [-]

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

MODULE C11stairs ground floor

198 125 0,19 0,125 0,32 0,3

MODULE C11 pumps ground level

161 125 0.3 0,125 0.53 0,5

MODULE C11stairs

185 125 0.3 0,125 0.5 0,3

EL 105.4 to EL 111.65

MODULE C11 183 125 0,5 0,125 0,63 0,5

MODULE C11 platform EL103.9

170 125 0.44 0,125 0.64 0,5

MODULE C11 platform 197 125 0.37 0,125 0.61 0,5

El 108.2

MODULE C11 platform 167 125 0.29 0,125 0.52 0,5

EL 112.7

MODULE C11 platform EL 115.7

125 125 0.31 0,125 0.54 0,5

MODULE C11 31-DC-001 212 125 0.71 0,125 0.79 0,5

MODULE C5 ground floor 157 125 0.31 0,125 0.52 0,5

MODULE C5 pumps ground level

194 125 0.37 0,125 0.52 0,5

MODULE C5 platform EL 104

209 125 0.47 0,125 0.6 0,5

MODULE C5 platform EL 106.47

163 125 0.3 0,125 0.52 0,5

MODULE C5 ladder platform

219 125 0.63 0,125 0.8 0,5

MODULE C5 208 125 0.683 0,125 0.862 0,5

MODULE C5 191 125 0.491 0,125 0.697 0,5

MODULE C5 platform stairs 241 125 0.649 0,125 0.787 0,3

MODULE C5 platform 208 125 0.545 0,125 0.728 0,5

MODULE C5 160 125 0.446 0,125 0.721 0,5

Page 60: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

30

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity Comments

U1 [-]

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

MODULE C10stairs to ground

168 125 0.36 0,125 0.56 0,3

MODULE C10pumps ground level

185 125 0.3 0,125 0.52 0,5

MODULE C10platform EL104

144 125 0.27 0,125 0.51 0,5

MODULE C10platform EL108

154 125 0.32 0,125 0.53 0,5

MODULE C10 platform EL116.4

148 125 0.33 0,125 0.55 0,5

MODULE C10stairs EL 110.35 to EL 114.45

153 125 0.28 0,125 0.41 0,3

MODULE C10 platform EL121.2

160 125 0.32 0,125 0.53 0,5

MODULE C10 platform EL124.7

129 125 0.32 0,125 0.51 0,5

MODULE C10 platform EL124.7

157 125 0.34 0,125 0.53 0,5

MODULE C10 EL126 stairs

128 125 0.28 0,125 0.46 0,3

MODULE C10 platform EL129.6

165 125 0.37 0,125 0.5 0,5

2.5.3.4 Unit D

The different relevant areas of this unit are listed on Table 8 with the values of the measured lighting parameters.The detailed lighting calculations of this unit can be found inAppendix 9.

The lighting philosophy of this unit is the same as the one followed for Unit A (see Clause 2.5.3.1). The general lighting of process areas and staircases will be provided by 2x36 fluorescent tubes. Unlike in the other units, the stairs of this unit will be considered as indoor stairs and will require higher lighting levels as the building has a roof and closed walls. Basic geometric objects model the effects of the real equipment on the general lighting of the unit. The particular element to be carefully considered on this unit is the presence of platforms at different heights. These surfaces must all reach sufficient illuminance levels and their interference with general uniformity must not become substantial. Luminaires will be fixed on the structure of the building, the platforms, the support structure of the piping system, handrails, ceilings and any available flat surface. Swivel mounted luminaires will be used in indoor and outdoor areas wherever other structures are not available. Some of the platforms and equipment dispositions are very similar between the different modules of the plant (for instance modules MODULE D7 and MODULE D8 are analogous, as well as several platforms of

Page 61: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

31

MODULE D15 and MODULE D14). In such cases, only one calculation has been carried out, extrapolating the results to the other corresponding areas.

TABLE 8: UNIT D TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity

U1 [-] Comments

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

MODULE D13 151 125 0,38 0,125 0,59 0,5

MODULE D8 153 125 0,38 0,125 0,53 0,5

MODULE D8 220 125 0,59 0,125 0,70 0,5

MODULE D8- platform EL108 151 125 0,62 0,125 0,75 0,5

MODULE D8-platform EL 104,5 143 125 0,36 0,125 0,55 0,5

MODULE D8- platform EL 110,9

135 125 0,37 0,125 0,53 0,5

MODULE D8- platform EL 105,2

237 125 0,55 0,125 0,68 0,5

MODULE D8- platform EL 108,5

173 125 0,52 0,125 0,71 0,5

PAU3220 142 125 0,38 0,125 0,58 0,5

PAU3220 141 125 0,46 0,125 0,63 0,5

PAU3220 136 125 0,42 0,125 0,61 0,5

platform EL103 151 125 0,41 0,125 0,58 0,5

platform EL105.2 174 125 0,42 0,125 0,55 0,5

(leaningplatform) 163 125 0,38 0,125 0,56 0,5

-stairs (outdoor) 144 125 0,53 0,125 0,53 0,3

MODULE D5- 174 125 0,44 0,125 0,62 0,5

MODULE D5 221 125 0,41 0,125 0,6 0,5

MODULE D5 – passageways ground floor

144 50 0,16 0,125 0,32 0,3

MODULE D5 -ground floor process area

218 125 0,33 0,125 0,51 0,5

Page 62: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

32

Area

Average illuminanceEav [lux]

Emin/Emax Illuminance uniformity Emin/Em

Comments

Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref.

MODULE D5 138 125 0,38 0,125 0,58 0,5

MODULE D5 - platform EL 120

125 125 0,49 0,125 0,71 0,5

MODULE D5-platform EL 117.5

140 125 0,39 0,125 0,56 0,5

MODULE D5-platform EL105.5

198 125 0,31 0,125 0,55 0,5

MODULE D5-stairs 295 188 0,59 0,125 0,78 0,3

MODULE D15- platform EL105,5

210 125 0,4 0,125 0,65 0,5

MODULE D15- platform El 106,5m -

148 125 0,52 0,125 0,78 0,5

MODULE D15 - stairs 200 188 0,43 0,125 0,6 0,3

MODULE D15-platforms 204 125 0,43 0,125 0,59 0,5

MODULE D15- platform EL108.5

163 125 0,28 0,125 0,51 0,5

MODULE D15platform EL112.5-

193 125 0,33 0,125 0,54 0,5

MODULE D15platform EL116.2

168 125 0,44 0,125 0,57 0,5

MODULE D15 - stairs

212 188 0,23 0,125 0,42 0,3

MODULE D15- platform EL105.6

206 125 0,38 0,125 0,61 0,5

MODULE D15 - platform EL116,5-

156 125 0,44 0,125 0,6 0,5

MODULE D15 - platform EL118.8

144 125 0,42 0,125 0,58 0,3

MODULE D15 - platform EL117.5-

126 125 0,55 0,125 0,72 0,5

MODULE D15 - platform EL 113.5

151 125 0,37 0,125 0,53 0,5

MODULE D15 -platform EL116.5

147 125 0,3 0,125 0,5 0,5

MODULE D15 -platform EL116.5-

142 125 0,33 0,125 0,51 0,5

MODULE D15 -stairs 195 188 0,79 0,125 0,88 0,3

Page 63: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

33

2.5.3.5 Unit E

The summary of the lighting parameters measured in this unit are found on Table 9.The detailed lighting calculations of this unit can be found inAppendix 10.

The lighting philosophy of this unit is the same as the one followed for Unit A (see Clause 2.5.3.1).This outdoor area is basically conformed of tanks and pumps with their subsequent related equipment. These elements are illuminated by fluorescent tubes of 2x36 W swivel mounted on the handrails of the stairs and platforms. The pumps will be lighted with HPS projectors fixed on the piperack and with fluorescent lamps wherever the prior solution is not applicable

TABLE 9: UNIT E TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity

U1 [-] Comments

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

MODULE E8 161 125 0,38 0,125 0,61 0,5

MODULE E7 162 125 0,37 0,125 0,57 0,5

Platform MODULES E4 & E5 141 125 0,5 0,125 0,63 0,5

MODULE E3 156 125 0,66 0,125 0,77 0,5

MODULE E15 251 125 0,44 0,125 0,66 0,5

Area

Average illuminanceEav [lux]

Emin/Emax Illuminance uniformity Emin/Em

Comments

Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref. Calc. Ref.

MODULE D14-

148 125 0,36 0,125 0,56 0,5

MODULE D14 150 125 0,3 0,125 0,54 0,5

MODULE D14- 133 125 0,36 0,125 0,54 0,5

MODULE D14-stairs 234 188 0,21 0,125 0,5 0,3

MODULE D14- platform EL108.5-

147 125 0,34 0,125 0,59 0,5

MODULE D14- stairs ground to EL103.5

209 188 0,4 0,125 0,56 0,3

MODULE D14 -stairs EL112.5 to EL116.2

266 188 0,22 0,125 0,3 0,3

Page 64: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

34

Area

Average illuminanceEav [lux]

Emin/Emax Illuminance uniformity

Comments U1 [-]

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

MODULE E16 208 125 0,56 0,125 0,67 0,5

MODULE E2 163 125 0,44 0,125 0,66 0,5

MODULE E6 (EL. 106.4)

197 125 0,49 0,125 0,68 0,5

MODULE E1-1

186 125 0,33 0,125 0,52 0,5

MODULE E1-2

199 125 0,33 0,125 0,5 0,5

MODULE E1-3

165 125 0,31 0,125 0,49 0,5

stairs 168 125 0,42 0,125 0,61 0,3

2.5.3.6 Unit F

The summary of the lighting parameters measured are found below on Table 10.The detailed lighting calculations of this unit can be found inAppendix 11.

The lighting philosophy of this unit is the same as the one followed for Unit A (see Clause 2.5.3.1).This outdoor unit, similar to Unit E, is basically composed of tanks, pumps and other related equipment. In general all these elements will receive light from 2x36 W fluorescent tubes swivel mounted on the handrails of the stairs and platforms or on the cable trays. As modules MODULE F1 and MODULE F2 are identical, the calculations carried out for one module are applicable to the other.

TABLE 10: UNIT F TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity

U1 [-] Comments

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

MODULE F7 146 125 0.42 0,125 0.60 0,5

MODULE F1-1 128 125 0.29 0,125 0.51 0,5

MODULE F1-staircase 128 125 0.46 0,125 0.64 0,3

MODULE F4 (stairs) 199 125 0.36 0,125 0.56 0,3

Page 65: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

35

2.5.3.7 Unit H

This unit includes storage and bagging building of Ammonium Nitrate. As mentioned above special requirements have been taken in account in the arrangement of lighting for both buildings: UNIT H1 and UNIT H2.Table 11 summarizes the results of the lighting calculations.The detailed lighting calculations of this unit can be found inAppendix 12.

The lighting design of both warehouses aims to provide with a general visual environment that will allow all personnel to develop theirs tasks comfortably and avoiding any hazards. The maintained illuminance is provided by a general lighting system of hanging watertight reflectors. Extensive reflectors provide with the appropriate uniformity and cover all the extension of the work plane. These adapt perfectly to the high installation height and large dimensions of the premises. Additional fluorescent light fittings of 2x36W on the walls of the buildings enhance the illuminance level of the areas surrounding the stored material piles and circulation areas. They also raise the illuminance level of the work plane. No luminaires will be placed over the piles of stored material to avoid any hazards. The luminaires will be located over the passages between the piles and at a minimum distance of 2m from the conveyor belts in the Bulk Storage Building.

As to the glare rating of both buildings, according to AS 1680.1 paragraph 8.3.3 table 8.2 :

“For those applications for which a maximum UGR of 25 or more is recommended, the calculation of a glare index is not normally justified. The use of the luminaire selection system will be sufficient.”

The luminaires used follow this system as it appears in AS 1680.1 paragraph 8.3.4. They will not cause discomfort glare.

TABLE 11: UNIT H TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity

U1 [-] Comments

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

Empty Big Bag Storage Building

Floor 210 188 0.3 0,125 0.5 0,5

Floor Emergency lighting

101 0,2 0.04 - 0.12 -

Page 66: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

36

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity

U1 [-] Comments

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

Bulk Storage Building

Main passageway 188 188 0.35 0,125 0.53 0,5

Passageway 1 191 188 0.48 0,125 0.62 0,5

Passageway 2 186 188 0.42 0,125 0.57 0,5

Passageway 3 185 188 0.42 0,125 0.57 0,5

Passageway 4 189 188 0.46 0,125 0.60 0,5

Safety Lighting 2.47 0,2 0.004 - 0.056 -

Main passageway Emergency lighting

57 0,2 0.03 - 0.111 -

Passageway 1 Emergency lighting

63 0,2 0.13 - 0.33 -

Passageway 2 Emergency lighting

110 0,2 0.2 - 0.38 -

Passageway 3 Emergency lighting

111 0,2 0.2 - 0.38 -

Passageway 4 Emergency lighting

65 0,2 0.14 - 0.35 -

Big Bag Storage Building

Main passageway 217 188 0.32 0,125 0.53 0,5

Passageway 1 259 188 0.36 0,125 0.54 0,5

Passageway 2 259 188 0.36 0,125 0.54 0,5

Passageway 3 267 188 0.41 0,125 0.58 0,5 Main passageway Emergency lighting

72 0,2 0.04 - 0.15 - Passageway 1 Emergency lighting

120 0,2 0.08 - 0.2 -

Passageway 2 Emergency lighting

120 0,2 0.08 - 0.22 -

Passageway 3 Emergency lighting

125 0,2 0.09 - 0.22 -

Page 67: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

37

2.5.3.8 Unit J

The summary of the lighting parameters measured are found on Table 12. The detailed lighting calculations of this unit can be found inAppendix 13. This unit is lit by 2x18 and 2x36 fluorescent tubes, fixed on the handrails of the platforms or on poles fixed to the concrete ground. The same lighting philosophy used in previous units is applied here.

TABLE 12:UNIT J TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

2.5.3.9 Unit K

The summary of the lighting parameters measured are found on Table13.The detailed lighting calculations of this unit can be found inAppendix 14.

This outdoor unit is basically composed of pumps and a cooling tower. In general all these elements will receive light from 2x36 W fluorescent tubes swivel mounted on the handrails of the stairs and platforms. The pumps placed at ground level will be lighted both by fluorescent tubes. These luminaires will be fixed on the steel structure built to support the piping system.

TABLE 13: UNIT K TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity

U1 [-] Comments

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

Closed Cooling Tower (top) 156 125 0,42 0,125 0,61 0,5

Motor (ELE. 100.000) 158 125 0,48 0,125 0,62 0,5

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity

U1 [-] Comments

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

MODULE J2-1 202 125 0,39 0,125 0,59 0,5

MODULE J2-2 (platform) 159 125 0,8 0,125 0,9 0,5

MODULE J1 platform EL 105,2 158 125 0,57 0,125 0,75 0,5

MODULE J1 platform EL 108,35

142 125 0,35 0,125 0,51 0,5

MODULE J1 platform EL 111,9 148 125 0,47 0,125 0,62 0,5

Page 68: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

38

2.5.3.10 Unit L

The summary of the lighting parameters measured are found on Table 14.The detailed lighting calculations of this unit can be found inAppendix 15

This outdoor unit is basically composed of pumps and exchangers. In general all these elements will receive light from 2x36 W and 2x18 W fluorescent tubes swivel mounted on the handrails of the stairs and platforms. The pumps placed at ground level will be also lighted by fluorescent tubes. These luminaires will be fixed on the steel structure built to support the piping system, and on columns.

TABLE 14:UNIT L TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity

U1 [-] Comments

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

Platform EL 103,6 (1) 162 125 0,58 0,125 0,7 0,5

Platform EL 103,6 (2) 153 125 0,47 0,125 0,56 0,5

Platform EL 103,6 (3) 146 125 0,42 0,125 0,53 0,5

Exchanger 1 125 125 0,29 0,125 0,5 0,5

Exchanger 2 155 125 0,34 0,125 0,5 0,5

Exchanger 3 135 125 0,38 0,125 0,61 0,5

Platform EL 107,8 passageways 113 50 0,21 0,125 0,4 0,3

Pump 1 144 125 0,31 0,125 0,59 0,5

Pump 2 166 125 0,36 0,125 0,63 0,5

Pump 3 173 125 0,36 0,125 0,61 0,5

Passagewaygroundfloor 94 50 0,26 0,125 0,39 0,3

2.5.3.11 Unit M

The summary of the lighting parameters measured are found on Table 15.The detailed lighting calculations of this unit can be found inAppendix 16.

This unit is basically composed of fire pumps (Jockey, electrical and diesel). In general all these elements will receive light from 2x36 W fluorescent tubes mounted on the cable trays or support fixed to structure built.

This is a set of previous calculations as this design has been modified. These pumps will be installed inside a containerized system with its own lighting. These calculations are not final, but may be used as a reference.

Page 69: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

39

TABLE 15: UNIT M TECHNICAL PARAMETERS OBTAINED IN DIALUX

Area

Average illuminanceEav

[lux] Emin/Emax

Illuminance uniformity

U1 [-] Comments

calc. ref calc. ref calc. ref

Fire Pumps 128 125 0.22 0,125 0.4 0,5 Reference values.

3 Cable Sizing Calculations

3.1 Scope

Themain purpose of this section isto describe thecalculationsthatwererequired to determine themostsuitable cable sizefortheinstallation. The detailed calculations for each circuit appear on Appendix 17.

3.2 General principles

Three criteria are given for cable selection, as follows:

(a) Short-circuit temperature rise.

(b) Voltage drop.

(c) Current-carrying capacity.

The most conservative of all three criteria will be used to make the final choice.The minimum cable size will be the smallest cable that satisfies the three requirements.

Sustained current-carrying capacities and voltage drop values for those types of electrical cable and installation practices in common use in Australia are obtained from AS 3008.1.1. For each particular installation conditions of a single circuit or group of circuits, will be applied specific rating factors.

The values listed below are an example of how the results would be obtained for each particular lighting circuit of the plant. The actual short-circuit value, current carrying capacity and voltage drop of each circuit are shown on Appendix 17of this document.

Cable type:

On Table 17 appear the maximum operating temperatures for different cables according to their insulation. The type of cable used on this project will be crossed-linked polyolefin (XLPE) X-90 which operates at normal temperature of 90º for sustained current, which is sufficient for the conditions of this project and will prevent thermal degradation of the cables.

Page 70: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

40

TABLE 16: LIMITING TEMPERATURES FOR INSULATED CABLES (TABLE 1 OF AS 3008.1.1)

3.3 Lighting design cable sizing

3.3.1 Short-circuit temperature rise

This will be the first parameter to be calculated as it provides with a prior estimation of the cable size through very simple calculations. It will be used as reference to later check the remaining criteria.

To satisfy the short-circuit temperature limit it is necessary to take into account the energy producing the temperature rise ( t) and the initial and final temperatures, as follows:

(a) Maximum duration and values of the prospective short-circuit current.

The maximum short-circuit current of the installation will be considered 30000A and the maximum duration before the protections go off is 5ms (low voltage circuit breaker).

(b) Initial and final conductor temperatures, subsequent value of the constant (K)

The type of cable that will be used for this installation is made of a copper conductor with a cross-linked polyolefin (XLPE) X-90 insulation. The operating temperature of the cable will be therefore according to Table 4.1 of 90ºC. From Table 53 of AS 3008.1.1 is obtained the temperature limit for this type of insulating material in contact with the conductor, which is 250ºC. With these two values, the resulting value of K from Table 52 of AS 3008.1.1 is 143.

(c) Minimum cross-sectional area of the cable

Page 71: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

41

The permissible short-circuit currents can be calculated with the adiabatic method as it is shown below This method, which neglects heat loss, is accurate enough and any error is on the safe side, even if in most cases cables present some heat loss.This cable size represents the minimum size required to satisfy the short-circuit temperature rise requirements.

Where:

I= short-circuit current (r.m.s. over duration). Units: amperes (A)

t= duration of short circuit. Units: s.

K=constant depending on the material of the current-carrying component, the initial temperature and the final temperature. It is obtained from Table 52 of AS 3008.1.1.

S = cross-sectional area of the current-carrying component. Units:

In this installation, one central lighting panel on each substation will protect the lighting circuits of all units connected to this particular substation. There are no individual lighting panels before each unit, excepting the storage units, so the short-circuit current considered must be the short-circuit current of the main panel, which is 30000A. The power distribution of each panel is tabulated onAppendix 17of this document.

The resulting section for this specific case is obtained as follows:

The minimum section considered in this design will be 14,83mm2 as it is calculated on above.

3.3.2 Current-carrying capacity To satisfy the current-carrying capacity requirements of a circuit it is necessary to take intoaccount a number of factors, as follows:

3.3.2.1 Current requirements of the circuit

= the current for which the circuit is designed, e.g. maximum demand.

= the continuous current-carrying capacity of the cable determined by Clause 2.3(d).

The minimum section of each cable will be of 14,8 as was determined on Clause 5.1 of this document. For a section of 16 are obtained from Table 14 of AS 3008.1.1 the following values of :

(a) For flexible Cu conductor in air non touching with the support surface (cable ladder) the current carrying capacity of the cable is: .

Page 72: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

42

(b) For solid stranded Cu conductor buried direct, the current carrying capacity of the cable is: .

Note: These values are obtained for a reference ambient temperature of 40ºC in air and 25ºC in ground. The effect of the real temperature of operation will be taken into account by a derating factor that will be described later on this document.

3.3.2.2 Cable installation method and environmental conditions derating factors

Depending on the type of installation method and ambient conditions of the cable, it will dissipate heat differently. To model this problem, different derating factors are applied to the current carrying capacity, so overheating of the conductor and subsequent damage to the insulation is avoided.

(a) Cables on cable ladder

From table 24 of AS 3008.1.1, the derating factor for 9 cables placed touching on a ladder suppor is 0,7.

From table 27(1) of AS 3008.1.1, the derating factor for air temperature of 50º is 0,88 for a XLPE isolation cable.

Overall derating factor for cables on ladder support:

The resulting value of the current carrying capacity is obtained as follows:

A

(b) Cables buried direct

From table 25(2) of AS 3008.1.1, the derating factor for groups of 6 cables touching is 0,55.

From table 27(2) of AS 3008.1.1, the derating factor for soil temperature of 40º is 0,89 for XLPE isolation cable.

From table 28(1) of AS 3008.1.1, the derating factor cables buried direct at a depth of 0,5m and a conductor size of less than 50 is 1.

The minimum thermal resistivity measured on the site is of 4,338 ºC.m/W. From Table 29 of AS 3008.1.1 we obtain a derating factor of 0,69 for thermal resistivity greater than 3 ºC.m/W and multicore cable buried direct.

Overall derating factor for cables buried direct:

3377

The resulting value of the current carrying capacity is obtained as follows:

Page 73: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

43

In the case of road lighting the circuits will be divided into two different sections. The first section will run over cable ladders from the substations to the pipe racks. The second section will go underground from the pipe racks to each light pole. According to AS 3008.1.1 Clause 3.4.6 : “In situations where one method of installation is used for part of a cable run and other methods for the remainder, the current-carrying capacity of the cable run shall be limited to the lowest value of current determined for each method of installation employed, unless precautions to avoid cable overheating are taken.”

The most conservative current carrying capacity is the one obtained for the installation buried underground. This will be the value considered for road lighting. The lighting of the units of the plant will use the cable ladder disposition derating factors.

TABLE 17: CURRENT AMPACITY BEFORE AND AFTER APPLYING THE REDUCTION FACTOR TO L.V. MULTICORE CABLES ON CABLE LADDER

Low voltage cables on cable ladder AS 3008.1.1 METHOD

Section (mm2) 16 25 35 50 70

Currentampacity (A) 87 116 144 182 230

DF =0,616 (A) 53,59 71,46 88,70 112,11 141,68

DF=0,3377 (A) 29,38 39,17 48,63 61,46 77,67

In order to comply with the current carrying capacity requirements, the appropriate cable section will be determined for each circuit considering the maximum current ampacity from Table 17 after application of the derating factor. The cable sections of this table comply with the short circuit temperature rise and current carrying capacities restrictions of the cables but are not in accordance with the voltage drop limitations. The latter will be taken into consideration on the next section of this document.

3.3.3 Voltage drop

According to AS 3008.1.1: “Otherwise permitted by AS/NZS 3000, the maximum voltage drop between the point of supply for the low voltage electrical installation and any point in that electrical installation should not exceed 5% of the nominal voltage at the point of supply.”

The maximum voltage drop considered in this design will therefore be 5% from the general distribution panel, until the last luminaire of the circuit considered. For each lighting panel there is a 0,5% voltage drop between the main panel and the lighting panel. Another 1,5% voltage drop is allowed for the distribution from the lighting panel until the unit considered, so 3% voltage drop remains for the section of the circuit inside the unit. All of the later are three phase voltage drops. The voltage drop from the junction box to the luminaire is a single phase voltage drop which is not significant.

Page 74: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

44

3.3.3.1 Calculation of the maximum length of the circuit Maximum circuit lengths, in metres, can be obtained from the equation below, in order to ensure the correct operation of the protective device within the appropriate disconnection time to provide fault protection. This equation has been obtained from AS/NZS 3000, Paragraph B.5.2.

Where: Lmax=maximum route length in metres Uo = nominal phase volts (230 V)

ρ = resistivity at normal working temperature in Ω-mm2/m

= 22.5 × 10−3 for copper

= 36 × 10−3 for aluminium

Ia = trip current setting for the instantaneous operation of a circuit-breaker; or

= the current that assures operation of the protective fuse concerned, in the specified time

Sph = cross-sectional area of the active conductor of the circuit concerned in mm2 Spe = cross-sectional area of the protective earthing conductor concerned in mm2

The circuit breakers on the main lighting panel must be sensitive to a fault in the smallest section of cable of the circuit. This section corresponds to the cables inside the luminaires which have a section of 2,5 mm2. In the case of road lighting, the lights are protected by a fuse so the section to consider is the section of the distribution cable which is 16mm2.

According to AS/NZS 3000 the mean tripping current for circuit-breakers is asfollows:

Type B = 4 × rated current Type C = 7.5 × rated current Type D = 12.5 × rated current

The circuit-breaker considered in this design is Type B so Ia=4xIn.

Applying the parameters of the lighting circuit to the maximum length equation, the maximum permissible circuit length which ensures protection from the circuit breakers is shown below.

Page 75: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

45

3.3.3.2 Voltage drop from the circuit impedance and power factor

The following phasor diagrams illustrate the relationship between the supply and load voltages and the load power factor.

FIGURE 1: PHASOR DIAGRAMS TO ILLUSTRATE VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS(AS 3008.1.1)

The supply voltage has to be greater when the current is lagging than when the current is leading to keep a given load voltage. The voltage drop (Vd=IZc) is identical in all cases but it is added at different angles. The maximum voltage drop condition corresponds to when the cable power factor and the load power factor are equal.

According to AS 3008.1.1 (Clause 4.5):

“In practice the voltage drop is very much smaller than the supply voltage and the difference between the magnitudes of the supply and load voltages may be approximated by the following equation:

for lagging p.f.

for leading p.f.

Therefore for a single-phase system:

and a three phase system:

Page 76: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

46

Where:

L=route length of circuit, in meters

Rc= cable resistance, in ohms per metre

Xc=cable reactance, in ohms per metre.”

The values of Rc and Xc are obtained from Tables 30 to 39 of AS 3008.1.1. As those values are in ohms per kilometre, the voltage obtained from Equation 5.3.6 would have to be divided by 1000.

The current (I) requirements of the circuit, can be obtained from below.

Where:

Cos( =power factor of the circuit.

I =circuit current in amperes.

= total power of the circuit in watts.

U =voltage of the circuit in volts.

According to AS/NZS 3000 (Clause 3.6.2):“For final subcircuits, with the load distributed over the whole of thelength of the circuit (such as socket-outlets or lighting points), half the current rating of the protective device may be used as the value of current.”

The full load of the circuit will only be considered for the cable route until the first luminaire. After that point, only half of the value of current will be regarded for voltage drop calculations as in most cases the luminaries are almost equally distributed.

3.4 Conclusions of the Cable Sizing Calculations

The cables of each circuit are dimensioned in order to comply with short-circuit temperature rise, current carrying capacity, and voltage drop limitations. This is shown in detail onAppendix 17.The final cables to be used for construction will be copper conductor cables with XLPE X-90 insulation of the following cable sections:

Feeder of the Central Distribution Board: three phases: 150 neutral and earthing conductors: 95

Page 77: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

47

Feeder of the Emergency Power Distribution Panel: three phases: 35 , neutral and earthing conductors: 16 .

To feed the local lighting panels on offices, oil station and transporter’s workshop: three phases:50 , neutral conductor: 25 .

To feed the local lighting panels on Unit H: three phases:25 , neutral conductor: 25 .

From the lighting panel to the terminal boxes (Road Lighting and Plant Lighting): three phases: 16 neutral conductor: 16

Within the unit: phase, neutral conductor and protection conductor: 10 .

From the terminal box to the luminaire: phase: 2,5 , neutral and protection conductors:2,5 .

4 Current Distribution

4.1 Scope

This section describes how the power from the substation is distributed to the different lighting circuits of the plant. It also specifies the characteristics of the lighting panels which ensure the protection of the lighting circuits. This elements protect the lighting equipment and circuits from short-circuit current, overload and residual current damage.

The lighting panel schedule including the different circuits and terminals to which they are connected, as well as the protective devices of each circuit is shown on Appendix 18.

4.2 Lighting Panel Distribution

The next step after having determined the load of each circuit and the cable size is to establish the best suited circuit protections, which will be located inside the lighting panels. The lighting panels are centralized in the substations (SS1 and SS2). There are no individual lighting panels in the units apart from Unit H (AN storage unit), and buildings designed by subcontractors (offices, oil station and transporter’s workshop building).

The lighting panels provide power to the lighting circuits and the convenience outlet circuits of the plant (230V AC circuits).

Each of the two substations has two lighting distribution panels, which will be explained in the following sections. The details of the circuits are shown on the one-line and three-line diagrams of drawings in theLDFP-DWG-ED series.

4.2.1 Central Lighting Distribution Board

This distribution board gives supply to the normal plant lighting and convenience outlets circuits and the local panels of some of the buildings. Two separate motor control centres(MCC) of the substation which are connected to the plant network provide power to this panel. The board is therefore divided into two bus bars (A and B). A moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB, 200A, 65kA) separates both bus bars to allow for connection in case of one-sided fail of the supply. The same type of circuit breaker separates the bus bar from the MCC.

Page 78: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

48

The different lighting and convenience outlet circuits are connected to bus bars A and B. The expected short-circuit current will be of 30kA, so downstream cable sizing is done considering this value (see Section 3.3.1 of this document). The only single-phase circuits connected to the bus bars are the convenience outlet circuits and the substation lighting, all of the other circuits are three-phase circuits.

All the panel outgoings will be protected by a mini circuit breaker (MCB) and a residual current device (RCD) of 30mA at the most. The nominal current of these devices is specified in drawing LDFP–DWG-ED-001and the panel scheduleof Appendix 18.The minimum size of MCBs for the lighting circuits will be of 16A.

According to AS 3000 (2007):

“Additional protection by RCDs with a maximum rated residual current of30 mA shall be provided for—

(a) finalsubcircuits supplying socket-outlets where the rated current ofany individual socket-outlet does not exceed 20 A; and

(b) finalsubcircuits supplying lighting where any portion of the circuit hasa rated current not exceeding 20 A;[…]

Exception: This requirement need not apply: […] where the disconnection of a circuit by an RCD could cause a danger greater than earth leakage current.”

This exception of the standard applies to the safety lighting and emergency lighting circuits. If during an emergency situation the emergency lights would shut down because of an earth leakage, the workers would not be able to follow the escape routes because of lack of visibility, which would place them in great danger. The earth leakage would be comparatively non-significant in this case. The emergency and safety circuits are subsequently only protected by a mini circuit breaker.

The safety lighting circuits are also connected to the Central Lighting Distribution Board, which supplies the necessary current to charge the backup batteries which will allow the safety lights to be on during the starting of the diesel generator.

4.2.2 Emergency Lighting Panel

This distribution board provides power to the emergency lighting system of the plant (30% of the total luminaires), including the emergency lighting panels in some of the buildings. It includes one bus bar tagged as Bus Bar E. Two different circuits supply this panel. During normal operation, the panel is connected to the Central Lighting Distribution Board. During an emergency, when the plant network fails, the lighting panel supply switches to the emergency diesel generator. Some of the emergency lighting circuits connected to this panel may also have battery backup.

4.2.3 Lighting Control Panel

The lighting of all indoor storage and process areas must be on 24h a day according to client’s specifications. This includes the storage buildings, Unit D and the compressor train cabin of Unit A. Other indoor areas such as offices, oil station and transporter’s workshop building shall be connected to a presence sensor or a single pole lighting switch. The remaining process

Page 79: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

49

areas shall be automatically switched on during nigh time, and switched off with daylight. This is controlled by the lighting control panel of each substation.

The lighting control panel is a separate panel from the Central Lighting Distribution Board and the Emergency Lighting Panel. It is connected to an outdoor photocell which will trigger the connection of the lighting circuit during night time. The control panel will be operated by three position switches (one per circuit ongoing) which will allow for automatic and manual operation, as it is shown on Figure 2. Every circuit ongoing will also include a contactor controlled by the 3-position switch.

FIGURE 2: SWITCHING ARRANGEMENT OF A 3-POSITION SWITCH

4.2.4 Power Distribution from the Substation to the Units

The lighting circuits from the substation to the different units will run on the piperack of the plant. For road lighting, the distribution will be done in underground conduits. The effects of both distribution systems were evaluated for cable sizing purposes in section 3.3.2 of this document.

Each luminaire will be connected to its related circuit through a terminal box. The luminaires will be equally distributed between the phases of the circuit to avoid the effects of an unbalanced load.

5 Economic Analysis

5.1 Scope

This section aims to establish the profitability of the investment on this project. The parameters which define the investment are the following:

Investment [INV]: number of monetary units which the investor must pay out before the project starts operating as such.

Service life[n]: estimate number of working years of the plant.

Cash flow [CF]: results of operating the difference between payments and earnings. These could be ordinary or extraordinary in each of the years of the project’s lifetime.

Page 80: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

50

5.2 Profitability Criteria

The parameters described earlier are applied to determine a project’s profitability as follows:

Net present value (“Valor Actual Neto” (VAN)): this indicates the net profitability of the Project. It can be assumed as the difference between the investment and the turnover of the money invested. When a project has a VAN greater then cero, it is considered that for the chosen interest rate the project is economically sustainable. It is calculated according to the following equation:

Earnings/Investment rate : measures the division between the VAN and the initial payment INV. This rate indicates the net earnings produced by the project for every monetary unit invested in it. Projects with a greater value of Q are more interesting for investors.

Recovery term: number of years past between the starting of the project and the point where all of the payments equal the earnings. The shorter the recovery term, the greater the interest of the project for the investors.

Internal rate of return (“Tasa interna de rentabilidad” (TIR)): type of interest that would make the VAN equal to cero. This value must be greater than the interest rate of the market.

5.3 Final cost of the project

The final cost of the project (refer to Document 5 for the details of the budget) is of:

1 663 144, 79€

The total power installed is of:

TABLE 18: POWER CONSUMED BY THE INSTALLATION

Substation 1 Hours Days Kwh

Bus bar "A" 70190 W 24 365 614864,4

Bus bar "B" 72062 W 24 365 631263,12

Bus bar "C" 12250 W 24 365 107310

Substation 2 Hours Days Kwh

Bus bar "A" 46360 W 24 365 406113,6

Bus bar "B" 43950 W 24 365 385002

Bus bar "C" 15270 W 24 365 133765,2

TOTAL 2278318,32

Energy cost:

Page 81: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

51

In Australia the energy price is of 0,35 AUSD per megawatt so 0,26 euros. However this is not a real value for this project as the plant will produce part of its energy in a turbine included in the process, but the energy price to be paid by the plant is confidential information which was not revealed to the author of this document, so this cost cannot be used for a serious economic analysis.

5.4 Economic evaluation

As this project only includes a part of the global project which would be the total design of the fertilizer plant, and the estimated earnings are confidential data which has not been revealed to the author of the project, no profits can be calculated. Moreover the percentage of the earnings which would be available for amortization of the lighting project of the plant is also confidential. If it was intended to calculate the cash flows of this part without that information, these would be equal to the negative yearly costs. However this analysis would not give practical information as the costs are also confidential information.

The lighting design of a plant is always justified as these are basic infrastructures for the operation of the plant, and the safety of workers. To ensure economic sustainability, the equipment to be used will be from manufacturers which provide the best cost-quality rate, complying with the general specifications described on Document 3 of this project.

6 Environmental Impact

6.1 Overview

This section describes an investigation of potential impacts caused by artificial light emanating from the FP. Light pollution can be defined as the introduction of artificial light to an area. Reference is made to the following description of the effects of artificial night lighting on ecology, by Poot, H et al (2008)

“Artificial night lighting affects the natural behaviour of many animal species. It can disturb development, activity patterns, and hormone regulated processes, such as the internal clock mechanism; see references in Rich and Longcore (2006). Probably the best known effect, however, is that many species are attracted to, and disoriented by, sources of artificial light, a phenomenon called positive phototaxis.”

Light impact assessment is a means of examining the relationship between a light sensitive receptor (such as a marine turtle, a migratory bird, or a person), its environment, and how it might be affected by light pollution. The provision and use of artificial lighting are required for safety and operational reasons as the FP will operate on a 24 hour, seven days a week basis. Artificial sources of light will be used during the construction and operations phases of the FP as follows:

Lighting to enable 24‐hour a day activities.

Lighting within the construction site, should night‐time works be required. NOTE:

Page 82: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

52

This project is embedded in a real project which will not be mentioned directly and whose real location will not be given in order to prevail with confidentiality. The plant that includes this lighting design will be referred to as “the Fertilizer Plant (FP)”. This project does not contain confidential information. The touristic sites and surrounding industrial plants of the project site will be given fake names (such as GX, Steep Gorge or Golden Cove) as for the purpose of this design their characteristics are non-relevant, only the distance and relative position of these elements of the site.

The information on this document has been obtained from analysis of the site conditions and stakeholders that may be affected by the environmental impact of the lighting design. The original Public Environmental Review from which the information on this section was obtained, was approved by local authorities in order to give the green light to the project.

6.2 Lighting Impact Assessment Methodology

The methodology for the assessment of light impacts works on the premise of line of sight and is used to determine the potential impacts of light spill. Light spill refers to any light emitted from an artificial light source which is extraneous to that required to illuminate a particular object, surface or plane. Put in simple terms, light spill refers to the visibility of a light source (this excludes glow). Visibility mapping describes the total area of visibility of the project and when combined with the habitat mapping, the view shed analysis also defines a map of where light spill is likely to occur, and the potential visibility for sensitive receptors.

At the time of this assessment, detailed lighting plans for the FP were not available to assess the location, direction or output of individual luminaires. As such, this assessment is based on a generalized assessment of locating lighting across the Site and the potential resulting impacts on the surroundings areas. It has been later taken as reference when the plot-plans were emitted for construction and the position of the luminaires was finally determined.

6.3 Description of the Environment

The following describes the existing site conditions and surrounding areas at night, and the potential physical change due to the FP.

The area around the Fertilizer Plant Project site already contains many examples of night lighting. These include the vehicular traffic and other users the nearby Road (2 km to the west), existing industrial facilities located elsewhere on the peninsula as well as the plant located immediately to the west (NP plant). The flare and light from the GX plant, located north from the FP, is one of the main light sources on the Peninsula. There are also extensive areas of lighting found within the two nearby townships located at 8 km and 13 km each.The nearby NP plant is similar in size and scale to the Fertilizer plant (FP). This existing facility provides a good example on which to understand and therefore assess the likely visual and lighting impacts of this project.

Because of the existing lighting already found near the Site, it is considered that the introduction of the FP will not dramatically alter the existing levels of ambient lighting already found in the area.

Figure 1 shows the existing plant and lighting conditions at dusk and highlights the extent of the existing lighting already found within close proximity to the FP.

Page 83: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

53

FIGURE 3: EXISTING NP PLANT AT DUSK

Other light sources found elsewhere on the peninsula include industrial areas and port at Royal Bay and the gas plant located at West Bay to the north, as shown on Figure 2.

FIGURE 4: LOADING FACILITIES AT ROYAL BAY PORT AT DUSK

6.4 Identification and appraisal of the impacts

During the construction of the FP, extensive and intense lighting will be required for the duration of the construction period of approximately 30 months. During operation, adequate light levels will be maintained for safety and security. The majority of critical equipment (that may require operational personnel at night) will be within and around the base of buildings. Some light will be expected to spill from the buildings through windows.

Lighting from the FP lighting will be visible from adjacent ridgelines and roads where intervening vegetation and topography does not act to screen or filter views. Potentially effected receptors include both ecological and human receptors.

Relevant ecological receptors are identified in Table 8.22. Species expected to inhabit or migrate through the proposed project area are identified and rated on their susceptibility to impacts caused by artificial light pollution. Birds, having been identified as having a high susceptibility to light impacts will be considered further. Reptile and mammal species are not considered further as it is not expected that light conditions would be altered, such that negative impacts might occur.

Page 84: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

54

TABLE 19 RECEPTOR IDENTIFICATION – TERRESTRIAL SPECIES

Species Present on Site or Surrounding Areas

Documented Susceptibility to

Impacts Caused by Light Pollution

Potential Susceptibility to

Impacts Caused by Light Pollution

Reptiles and Amphibians

Yes Limited Low

Birds Yes Available High

Mammals Yes Limited Low

Terrestrial and migratory species are known to occur within the area, as a result of foraging habitats contained within the Site. As the Site is a land based location (and a destination for birds), flight paths of migratory birds are not considered necessary for assessment. In addition the proposed lighting associated with the FP will not create a significant level of change to the night time environment already found in the area surrounding this location. As a result it is unlikely that terrestrial and migratory bird movements would be disrupted.Terrestrial bird species may have the potential to be attracted to lighting during the evening given the likely congregation of insects around these areas. However, the light assessment found that there is unlikely to be a significant change in the night time light environment already found in the local area. Migratory bird species activity is likely to be confined to the supra‐tidal flat to the south of the FP and their foraging activity is unlikely to be affected as a result of light emissions from the FP.

Lighting from the FP may also impact on Golden Cove. Night time visitors use the area predominantly to experience a lighting effect on the tidal mud flats of the Cove. The existing NP plant already found in the area contributes to the night time environment and has not reportedly impacted on this event. Views of this phenomenon from Golden Cove Beach involve looking to the east and therefore away from the FP.Some stakeholder concerns were also raised in regards to impacts of lighting from the FP on Steep Gorge. A light impact assessment was considered from a view point on a track south of Golden Cove Road and Steep Gorge.

The existing night time lighting conditions at this location include the existing NP plant and whilst additional lighting will result from the development of the FP, this will not create a change from “no lighting” to a landscape in which lights are present. At a distance of approximately 1.3 km from the nearest structure within the FP, it is considered that the addition of the lighting associated with the proposed FP will not be of sufficient intensity to noticeably change the night time environment. Furthermore the majority of visitors to the Steep Gorge area are during daylight hours.

Lighting at the Site will be at its most concentrated during the construction phase and will be an obvious change on the area. However, given the existing lighting already found on the peninsula, the adjacent NP facility and the relatively short duration of construction (30 months), it will not have a significant effect on local species. During operation, lighting will be less concentrated and will be kept to ALARP levels for safe and secure operational requirements.

Given existing light levels in the area and the capacity of increased light levels to interact with ecological and human receptors through the construction and operation of the FP the magnitude of any potential impact is considered to be small the sensitivity of the ecological

Page 85: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

55

and human receptors are considered low. As such, the potential impacts are considered not significant.

6.5 Safeguard and Mitigation measures

Design and management measures proposed to minimize light output from individual luminaires, whilst maintaining the appropriate conditions for safe and secure operations will include:

- Lighting for the FP will be designed in full compliance with appropriate guidelines and the Australian Standard AS 42821997: Control of the Obtrusive Effects of Outdoor Lighting.

- Appropriate management measures for lighting will be incorporated into the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Operational Environmental Management Plan OEMP without compromising safe working conditions.

Permanent artificial lighting will be reduced to the least practicable level for the safe conduct of operations, with design considerations including:

- Need for the light; - Timing requirement for the light, such as timers to extinguish lights; - Shielding to limit light spill to within the Site (where possible); - Light positioning, such as reducing height and using screening; - Orientation of lights away from touristic site (Cove) (where possible); and - Reducing wattages.

6.6 Conclusion of the Environmental Impact Assessment

The visual impact of night lighting for construction is considered not significant. There are no sensitive receptors in the immediate vicinity and the existing NP plant located immediately to the west of the Site. The proposed lighting associated with the FP will not create a significant level of change to the night time environment already found in the area surrounding this location. The lighting levels during operation will be limited to those that are only necessary for safety, security and operational requirements of the FP.

The addition of the plant to this area, although noticeable, will not have a significant impact to the night lighting environment already found at this location, including sensitive locations at Golden Cove and Steep Gorge. It has been concluded that migratory and terrestrial bird species are unlikely to be impacted from light emissions from the FP. This is based on the conclusion that there is unlikely to be a significant change to the night time light environment and bird species behavior is unlikely to be altered such that significant impacts would occur.

Page 86: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

56

7 Appendices

Appendix 1: Luminaire catalogues

Appendix 2: DIALux output: Road lighting for straight sections

Appendix 3: DIALux output: Fence lighting

Appendix 4: DIALux output: Main Intersection

Appendix 5: DIALux output: Main Curves and Parking Lots

Appendix 6: DIALux output: UNIT A

Appendix 7: DIALux output: Racks UNIT B and UNIT G

Appendix 8: DIALux output: UNIT C

Appendix 9: DIALux output: UNIT D

Appendix 10: DIALux output: UNIT E

Appendix 11: DIALux output: UNIT F

Appendix 12: DIALux output: UNIT H1 and UNIT H2

Appendix 13: DIALux output: UNIT J

Appendix 14: DIALux output: UNIT K

Appendix 15: DIALux output: UNIT L

Appendix 16: DIALux output: UNIT M

Appendix 17: Cable Sizing Calculations

Appendix 18: Panel Schedule

Page 87: 1. Lighting Calculations

Appendix 1: Luminaire Catalogues

Project: LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 23.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

Page 88: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1. Luminaire Catalogues

Here are listed the different luminaires used in this project with references to the

manufacturer’s website.

Disano Lighting 920 Hydro T8

2x36 CNR-F grey 86W 6700 lm

Dimensions: 1300x152x104 mm

2x18 CNR-F grey 43W 2700 lm

Dimensions: 690x152x104 mm

[email protected]

EYE Lighting GOSHAWK

HPS 375W 50000 lm

Dimensions: 525x400x170 mm

www.eyelighting.com

GE Lighting BRISA

HPS 250W 33000 lm

Dimensions:

www.gelighting.com

GE Lighting PFE-154

HPS 70W 6600 lm

HPS 100W 10700 lm

HPS 150W

Page 89: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Dimensions:

www.gelighting.com

GE Lighting PFE-400

HPS 250W 33000 lm

HPS 400W 56500 lm

Dimensions:

www.gelighting.com

GEWISS Lighting HALLE

GW83128S HPS 250W 25000 lm

GW83131S HPS 400W 47000 lm

Dimensions:

www.gewiss.com

HUBBEL Lighting Division HLEZS10X

CLEAR HPS 100W 9500lm

Dimensions:

A=631

B=609

C=503

www.hubbell-ltg.com

Page 90: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Thorlux Lighting Twin Spots

TH 2x55 ETS 9615 120W 2126lm

www.thorlux.com

Thorlux Lighting Mini 8

T5 Fluorescent bulkhead luminaires 1x8 W

Dimensions:

www.thorlux.com

GREENWAY Ascot LED Luminaire

12,2W 1135 lm

Dimensions:

www.solarlighting.com

Page 91: 1. Lighting Calculations

Appendix 2: DIALUX OUTPUT - Road lighting for straight sections.

Project: LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 24.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 92: 1. Lighting Calculations

Appendix 2: DIALUX OUTPUT - Road lighting for straight sections.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

Appendix 2: DIALUX OUTPUT - Road lighting for straight sections.Project Cover 1Table of contents 2Street 13m

False Colour Rendering 3Street 13m

Planning data 4Photometric Results 5

Page 2

Page 93: 1. Lighting Calculations

Appendix 2: DIALUX OUTPUT - Road lighting for straight sections.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Street 13m / False Colour Rendering

0 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 lx

Page 3

Page 94: 1. Lighting Calculations

Appendix 2: DIALUX OUTPUT - Road lighting for straight sections.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Street 13m / Planning data

Street Profile

Maintenance factor: 1.00

Roadway 2 (Width: 6.000 m, Number of lanes: 1, tarmac: R3, q0: 0.070)

Median 1 (Width: 1.000 m, Height: 0.000 m)

Roadway 1 (Width: 6.000 m, Number of lanes: 1, tarmac: R3, q0: 0.070)

Luminaire Arrangements

26.00 m0.00

-0.16 m

Luminaire: GELIGHTING 519803 BRISA HPS 250WLuminous flux (Luminaire): 25945 lm Maximum luminous intensities

at 70°: 220 cd/klmat 80°: 13 cd/klmat 90°: 0.00 cd/klmAny direction forming the specified angle from the downward vertical, with the

luminaire installed for use.

Arrangement complies with luminous intensity class G6. Arrangement complies with glare index class D.6.

Luminous flux (Lamps): 33000 lmLuminaire Wattage: 277.0 WArrangement: Single row, bottomPole Distance: 26.000 mMounting Height (1): 13.700 mHeight: 13.700 mOverhang (2): 0.765 mBoom Angle (3): 0.0 °Boom Length (4): 1.500 m

Page 4

Page 95: 1. Lighting Calculations

Appendix 2: DIALUX OUTPUT - Road lighting for straight sections.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Street 13m / Photometric Results

1

26.00 m0.00

13.00 m

0.00

Maintenance factor: 1.00 Scale 1:229

Calculation Field List 1 Valuation Field Roadway 1 & Roadway 2

Length: 26.000 m, Width: 13.000 mGrid: 10 x 9 PointsAccompanying Street Elements: Roadway 1, Median 1, Roadway 2. Selected Lighting Class: CE5 (All lighting performance requirements are met.)

Eav [lx] U0Calculated values: 25.21 0.46Required values according to class: ≥ 7.50 ≥ 0.40Fulfilled/Not fulfilled:

Page 5

Page 96: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 3: DIALUX OUTPUT - Fence Lighting

Simulations of the fence lighting, with ground considered as "ocre brown", and luminaires inside the property border. Calculation field considers 1m on each side of the fence.

Project : LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 24.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 97: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 3: DIALUX OUTPUT - Fence Lighting 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 3: DIALUX OUTPUT - Fence LightingProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Fence lighting every 24m

Planning data 3Luminaire parts list 4False Colour Rendering 5Exterior Surfaces

FenceIsolines (E) 6

Page 2

Page 98: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 3: DIALUX OUTPUT - Fence Lighting 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Fence lighting every 24m / Planning data

86.50 m-51.40

50.00 m

0.00

Maintenance factor: 1.00, ULR (Upward Light Ratio): 1.5% Scale 1:986

Luminaire Parts List No. Pieces Designation (Correction Factor) Φ (Luminaire) [lm] Φ (Lamps) [lm] P [W]

1 5

SOL, INC. CBR-Q1-T2-A1-15 CAST GRAY ENAMEL ALUMINUM HOUSING, MOLDED SPECULAR PLASTIC REFLECTOR, CLEAR PRISMATIC POLYCARBONATE DROP ENCLOSURE WITH FROSTED SECTIONS. (1.000)

1135 1135 12.2

Total: 5676 Total: 5676 61.0

Page 3

Page 99: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 3: DIALUX OUTPUT - Fence Lighting 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Fence lighting every 24m / Luminaire parts list

5 Pieces SOL, INC. CBR-Q1-T2-A1-15 CAST GRAY ENAMEL ALUMINUM HOUSING, MOLDED SPECULAR PLASTIC REFLECTOR, CLEAR PRISMATIC POLYCARBONATE DROP ENCLOSURE WITH FROSTED SECTIONS. Article No.: CBR-Q1-T2-A1-15 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 1135 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 1135 lm Luminaire Wattage: 12.2 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 98 CIE flux code: 51 86 98 98 101 Fitting: 1 x FOUR WHITE LEDS (Correction Factor 1.000).

See our luminaire catalog for an image of

the luminaire.

1135 lm

Page 4

Page 100: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 3: DIALUX OUTPUT - Fence Lighting 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Fence lighting every 24m / False Colour Rendering

0 2 4 6 10 15 20 25 30 lx

Page 5

Page 101: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 3: DIALUX OUTPUT - Fence Lighting 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Fence lighting every 24m / Fence / Isolines (E)

55 510

1015 15 15

48.00 m0.00

2.00 m

0.00

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 344Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-11.000 m, 32.044 m, 0.000 m)

Grid: 70 x 3 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax6.50 0.68 21 0.105 0.032

Rotation: 0.0°

Page 6

Page 102: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 4: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main intersection

Project : LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 24.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 103: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 4: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main intersection 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 4: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main intersectionProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3Main intersection

GR Observer (Results Overview) 4False Colour Rendering 6Exterior Surfaces

Intersection 1Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 7

Intersection 2Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 8

Page 2

Page 104: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 4: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main intersection 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 4: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main intersection / Luminaire parts list

21 Pieces EYE LIGHTING 175045 GOSHAWK Article No.: 175045 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 31090 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 50000 lm Luminaire Wattage: 375.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 100 CIE flux code: 57 92 100 100 62 Fitting: 1 x 360W Tubular High Pressure Sodium (Correction Factor 1.000).

See our luminaire catalog for an image of

the luminaire.

1 Pieces GELIGHTING 519623 PFE-154 HPS 150W Article No.: 519623 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 10285 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 17500 lm Luminaire Wattage: 171.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 100 CIE flux code: 68 95 100 100 59 Fitting: 1 x LU150/100/XO/T/40 (Correction Factor 1.000).

83 Pieces GELIGHTING 519803 BRISA HPS 250W Article No.: 519803 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 26164 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 33000 lm Luminaire Wattage: 277.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 100 CIE flux code: 44 82 100 98 79 Fitting: 1 x LU250/XO/T/40 (Correction Factor 1.000).

Page 3

Page 105: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 4: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main intersection 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main intersection / GR Observer (Results Overview)

1

2

3

4

56 7

8

9

10

11

1213

14

15

1617

18

19

333.40 m168.30 204.40 220.70 243.20 268.90 289.80

601.70 m

380.60

389.10

401.50407.90

422.60

429.80

453.10

485.30

497.50503.30

510.50

535.60

553.80

575.10

Scale 1 : 1496

GR Observerlist No. Designation Position [m] Viewing sector [°] Max

X Y Z Start End Increment Slope angle1 GR Observer 11 220.700 485.300 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 45 2)

2 GR Observer 9 271.400 497.500 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 45 2)

3 GR Observer 6 246.900 535.600 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 45 2)

4 GR Observer 5 219.100 553.800 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 47 2)

Page 4

Page 106: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 4: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main intersection 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main intersection / GR Observer (Results Overview)

GR Observerlist

2) The calculated equivalent veil luminance of the environment is based on the assumption of a complete diffuse reflection behavior of the environment (acc. EN 12464-2).

No. Designation Position [m] Viewing sector [°] MaxX Y Z Start End Increment Slope angle

5 GR Observer 1 204.900 579.400 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 43 2)

6 GR Observer 2 248.300 575.100 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 47 2)

7 GR Observer 3 289.800 576.500 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 39 2)

8 GR Observer 8 251.300 510.500 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 44 2)

9 GR Observer 4 243.200 556.800 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 47 2)

10 GR Observer 10 294.900 503.300 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 43 2)

11 GR Observer 19 225.700 389.100 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 40 2)

12 GR Observer 16 246.200 407.900 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 38 2)

13 GR Observer 17 204.400 408.000 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 42 2)

14 GR Observer 18 217.900 401.500 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 42 2)

15 GR Observer 13 220.200 429.800 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 45 2)

16 GR Observer 14 249.400 422.600 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 41 2)

17 GR Observer 15 268.900 425.700 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 38 2)

18 GR Observer 12 226.900 453.100 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 49 2)

19 GR Observer 7 225.600 514.900 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 44 2)

Page 5

Page 107: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 4: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main intersection 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main intersection / False Colour Rendering

0 10 20 30 40 60 70 80 100 lx

Page 6

Page 108: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 4: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main intersection 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main intersection / Intersection 1 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

47 84

48 81

45 90

38 94

31 70 62

26 51 70 67

27 52 85 75 50 76 49 55

36 74 98 72 57 81 67 80

41 85 102 71 71

31 82 83 58 68

26 84 71 54

36 90 82 86

38 66 75 89

26 44 58

26 52 58 72

36 81 73 68

47 81 90 72

48 74 67 76

9557 46 58 84

35 75 59 67 75 78

35 52 92 53 68 50 80 59 58

31 46 68 71 58 54 61 66 48

35 54 44 80

38 53

53.45 m-53.45

65.30 m

-65.30

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 1090Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (187.700 m, 462.600 m, 0.050 m)

Grid: 190 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax63 26 102 0.41 0.25

Page 7

Page 109: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 4: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main intersection 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main intersection / Intersection 2 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

79 62 50

85 66 64

93 82 63 64 83

96 82 77 73 62 61 82 73 57

73 61 59 69 71 70 75 76 57

53 42 41 63 77 73 68 69 67

54 77 83

54 76 101 61 45 54 64 65

50 74 118 135 122 81 54 50 51 50

34 57 101 123 111 98 69

28 47 78 89 86

31 44 63 64

41 54 63 64

45 60 76

40 61 67

40 56 71

31.70 m-31.70

38.52 m

-38.52

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 643

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (201.300 m, 385.400 m, 0.051 m)

Grid: 88 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax68 28 135 0.41 0.21

Page 8

Page 110: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.

Project: LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 24.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 111: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.Project Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3Main Parking Lot

False Colour Rendering 4Exterior Surfaces

Car ParkIsolines (L) 5Isolines (E) 6

Main curves GR Observer (Results Overview) 7False Colour Rendering 9Exterior Surfaces

Road 3/Road 4 - CurveValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 10

Transporter´s Workshop CurveValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 11

Page 2

Page 112: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas. / Luminaire parts list

7 Pieces GELIGHTING 519604 PFE-400 V 6x6 HPS 250W Article No.: 519604 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 24982 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 33000 lm Luminaire Wattage: 277.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 100 CIE flux code: 59 91 99 100 76 Fitting: 1 x LU250/XO/T/40 (Correction Factor 1.000).

3 Pieces GELIGHTING 519608 PFE-400 V 7x6 HPS 400W Article No.: 519608 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 43125 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 56500 lm Luminaire Wattage: 435.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 100 CIE flux code: 57 89 99 100 76 Fitting: 1 x LU400/XO/T/40 (Correction Factor 1.000).

84 Pieces GELIGHTING 519803 BRISA HPS 250W Article No.: 519803 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 25945 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 33000 lm Luminaire Wattage: 277.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 100 CIE flux code: 41 83 100 98 79 Fitting: 1 x LU250/XO/T/40 (Correction Factor 1.000).

Page 3

Page 113: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main Parking Lot / False Colour Rendering

0 10 20 30 40 60 70 80 100 lx

Page 4

Page 114: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main Parking Lot / Car Park / Isolines (L)

2.04

2.04

2.55

2.552.55

2.55

2.55

2.55

2.552.55

2.55

2.55

2.55

2.55

2.55

2.55

3.06

3.06

3.063.063.06

3.063.06

3.06

3.063.06

3.06

3.06

3.573.57

3.57

3.57

3.573.57

3.57

3.573.57

3.57

3.57

3.573.57

3.57

3.573.57

3.57

3.57

3.57

4.08

40.20 m0.00

42.30 m

0.00

Values in Candela/m², Scale 1 : 331Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-327.300 m, 91.700 m, 0.060 m)

Grid: 20 x 20 Points Observer Position: (-387.300 m, 112.850 m, 1.560 m) Viewing direction: 0.0 °tarmac: R3, q0: 0.070

Lav [cd/m²] U0 Ul Lv [cd/m²]2.98 0.56 0.74 0.03

Page 5

Page 115: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main Parking Lot / Car Park / Isolines (E)

40

6060

60

60

60

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

8080

80

8080

80

40.20 m0.00

42.30 m

0.00

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 331Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-327.300 m, 91.700 m, 0.060 m)

Grid: 20 x 20 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax65 30 99 0.462 0.304

Rotation: 0.0°

Page 6

Page 116: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main curves / GR Observer (Results Overview)

12

34

56

7 89

10 11

12

13

14

1516

17

1819 20

21

22

23

2425 26

27

28

2930

31

3233

34 35

74.20 m-316.48 -264.50 -221.77 -181.90 -122.00 -77.10 -42.60 -13.10 36.10

162.30 m

-92.00

-15.00

-0.90

18.00

40.6352.20

66.8077.0089.22

105.24115.40126.00138.20

Scale 1 : 2794

GR Observerlist No. Designation Position [m] Viewing sector [°] Max

X Y Z Start End Increment Slope angle1 GR Observer RTP1 -77.100 115.400 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 50 2)

2 GR Observer RTP2 -57.100 109.400 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 49 2)

3 GR Observer RTP3 -52.800 89.222 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 50 2)

4 GR Observer RTP4 -32.000 80.200 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 49 2)

Page 7

Page 117: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main curves / GR Observer (Results Overview)

GR Observerlist

2) The calculated equivalent veil luminance of the environment is based on the assumption of a complete diffuse reflection behavior of the environment (acc. EN 12464-2).

No. Designation Position [m] Viewing sector [°] MaxX Y Z Start End Increment Slope angle

5 GR Observer RTP5 -53.400 66.800 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 48 2)

6 GR Observer RTP6 -39.800 73.900 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 50 2)

7 GR Observer RTP7 -42.600 57.800 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 50 2)

8 GR Observer RTP8 -27.000 58.100 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 47 2)

9 GR Observer RTP9 -10.700 49.200 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 47 2)

10 GR Observer RPC1 -26.200 44.200 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 47 2)

11 GR Observer RPC2 9.000 40.630 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 47 2)

12 GR Observer RPC3 36.100 52.600 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 45 2)

13 GR Observer RPC4 48.400 70.300 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 44 2)

14 GR Observer RPC5 54.200 91.700 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 45 2)

15 GR Observer RPC6 37.700 110.100 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 46 2)

16 GR Observer RPC7 10.100 116.700 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 50 2)

17 GR Observer R1S2 -13.100 126.000 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 47 2)

18 GR Observer GS -172.100 82.900 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 42 2)

19 GR Observer R3 -112.100 77.000 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 49 2)

20 GR Observer R3C 1 -74.900 73.700 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 49 2)

21 GR Observer R3C 2 -65.900 52.200 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 49 2)

22 GR Observer R3C 3 -73.400 18.000 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 44 2)

23 GR Observer R3C 4 -94.900 1.200 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 45 2)

24 GR Observer TW1 -264.500 107.000 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 45 2)

25 GR Observer TW2 -254.941 98.877 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 47 2)

26 GR Observer TW3 -236.900 97.651 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 47 2)

27 GR Observer TW4 -221.771 105.235 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 41 2)

28 GR Observer TW5 -219.700 126.200 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 46 2)

29 GR Observer TW6 -258.900 143.600 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 43 2)

30 GR Observer TW7 -197.700 138.200 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 43 2)

31 GR Observer R1S1 -122.000 131.000 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 49 2)

32 GR Observer R4 -149.200 5.600 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 41 2)

33 GR Observer R4 -181.900 -0.900 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 40 2)

34 GR Observer R5 -116.200 -15.000 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 47 2)

35 GR Observer R5 -68.400 -11.100 1.500 0.0 360.0 15.0 -2.0 50 2)

Page 8

Page 118: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main curves / False Colour Rendering

0 10 20 30 40 60 70 80 100 lx

Page 9

Page 119: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main curves / Road 3/Road 4- Curve / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

26 3422

32

32

24

29

39

33

23

27

35

29

21

27

36

30323625

31 4038

29

41

35

31

38

38

30

28

36

38

39384238

43

33

51

51

43

30

34

40

37 4351

39

68

57

41

49

38

36

5345

52475252

39

60

114

50

31

37

38

44.12 m-44.12

44.12 m

-44.12

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 736Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-142.820 m, -2.520 m, 0.060 m)

Grid: 283 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax40 21 114 0.53 0.19

Page 10

Page 120: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 5: DIALUX OUTPUT - Main curves and parking areas.24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Main curves / Transporter´s Workshop Curve / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

63

74

81 57

58

88

93

66

41 73

38 78

39 71

59 56

60 43 60

68 57 90

78

10264

7164 4396 46

70 63 71

32 2674 84 85

47

73

64 61 6969 72

44 39

35 3673 70

89

52

6950 36

69 60 4851 74

61.15 m-61.15

34.81 m

-34.81

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 928Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-295.759 m, 88.174 m, 0.055 m)

Grid: 467 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax64 26 102 0.41 0.25

Page 11

Page 121: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A

Project: LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 24.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 122: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit AProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3GROUND LEVEL

3D Rendering 4Exterior Surfaces

Module A5-pump1Value Chart (E, Horizontal) 5

Module A5-eq1Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 6

Module A5-Platform1Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 7

Module A4Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 8

Module A5-Platform2Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 9

Module A6-eq4Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 10

TOP FLOOR3D Rendering 11Exterior Surfaces

Module A6 platform8Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 12

Module A6-platform9Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 13

Module A6 eq8Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 14

Module A5 passageways & valvesValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 15

Module A6 passageways & valvesValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 16

Module A6 platform EL115.4Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 17

OUTSIDE AREA3D Rendering 18Exterior Surfaces

Module A11Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 19

Module A11 stairsValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 20

Object surfacesEL 103.4

Surface 1Value Chart (E) 21

Stack EL 133.4Surface 1

Value Chart (E) 22

Page 2

Page 123: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A / Luminaire parts list

50 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*18 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 1882 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 2700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 43.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 90 70 Fitting: 2 x FL18/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

107 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*36 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4782 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 86.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 89 71 Fitting: 2 x FL36/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

29 Pieces HUBBELL LIGHTING DIVISION - PHOTOMETRIC REPORT HLEZ10SxxO/VMPSD-40 = EZ SERIES CL. 1, DIV. 1&amp;2; GRP. C&amp;D; CL. 2, DIV. 1&amp;2, GRP. E,F = LUMINAIRE W/INTERNALLY FLUTED PRISMATIC GLASS GLOBE AND STD. DOME = Article No.: HLEZ10SxxO/VMPSD-40 = Luminous flux (Luminaire): 5306 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 9500 lm Luminaire Wattage: 128.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 97 CIE flux code: 39 76 97 97 56 Fitting: 1 x 100 WATT, CLEAR HPS, E-23.5, 9500 LUMENS =20 (Correction Factor 1.000).

See our luminaire catalog for an image of

the luminaire.

Page 3

Page 124: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

GROUND LEVEL / 3D Rendering

Page 4

Page 125: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

GROUND LEVEL / Module A5-pump1 / Value Chart (E, Horizontal)

218 180 130 118 119

242 121 138

164 221 229 172 130 141

146 189 162 131 148 134

136 169 151 135

126 168 180 180 158 142

112 163 230 240 186 156

2.95 m-2.95

2.85 m

-2.85

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 48

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (26.000 m, 25.400 m, 1.000 m)

Grid: 36 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax163 112 242 0.68 0.46

Page 5

Page 126: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

GROUND LEVEL / Module A5-eq1 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

112

133

135177

91

168

120 153

159 99 133

237 98 89 91

230 218 103 93 132

2.85 m-2.85

3.80 m

-3.80

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 64

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (21.900 m, 25.400 m, 1.000 m)

Grid: 20 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax138 89 237 0.64 0.37

Page 6

Page 127: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

GROUND LEVEL / Module A5-Platform1 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

121 105

162 177

184 195

159 161

122 119

112 108

132 132

164 173

158 171

0.50 m-0.50

4.93 m

-4.93

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 80

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (25.900 m, 22.624 m, 3.650 m)

Grid: 2 x 9 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax148 105 195 0.71 0.54

Page 7

Page 128: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

GROUND LEVEL / Module A4 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

143 159

140 141

202 145

183 146

119 139

90 124

124 117

196 113

165 111

105 148

110 130

117 113

168 117

138 106

102 117

2.50 m-2.50

18.30 m

-18.30

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 306Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (34.500 m, 25.500 m, 0.100 m)

Grid: 114 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax132 84 233 0.64 0.36

Page 8

Page 129: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

GROUND LEVEL / Module A5-Platform2 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

96 123 148 145 118

83 93 100 117 146 176 174 138

117 126 124 128 145 165 165

153 161 145 130 130 139 142

167 176 152 124 112 121 155

142

3.11 m-3.11

2.20 m

-2.20

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 48

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (20.700 m, 20.600 m, 5.600 m)

Grid: 35 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax137 83 176 0.61 0.47

Page 9

Page 130: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

GROUND LEVEL / Module A6-eq4 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

147 214 203

153 145

102 97

93 87

126 117

151 194 178

159 224 206

121 165 153

106 100

83 79

80 97 92

123 154 139

177 221 195

161 215 192

122 145 133

91 103 96

1.25 m-1.25

7.85 m

-7.85

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 132

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (49.399 m, 25.200 m, 1.000 m)

Grid: 42 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax141 79 224 0.56 0.35

Page 10

Page 131: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

TOP FLOOR / 3D Rendering

Page 11

Page 132: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

TOP FLOOR / Module A6 platform8 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

208

138 153 173 190

129 113

112 107

174 171 110

210 206 123

146

126

95 149 191

123 193 230

142

129

2.70 m-2.70

8.19 m

-8.19

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 137Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (24.500 m, 36.443 m, 15.250 m)

Grid: 26 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax153 95 230 0.62 0.41

Page 12

Page 133: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

TOP FLOOR / Module A6-platform9 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

189 227 139

185 192 123

143 151 109

111 128 108

103 141 133

110 174 170

114 182 177

114 155 143

136 160 115

1.81 m-1.81

4.10 m

-4.10

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 66

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (46.790 m, 31.400 m, 13.200 m)

Grid: 3 x 9 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax146 103 227 0.71 0.45

Page 13

Page 134: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

TOP FLOOR / Module A6 eq8 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

80 81 73 73 79

99 102 110 101 102

120 127 154 171 162 144 133

146 185 221 219 180

2.75 m-2.75

2.15 m

-2.15

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 42

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (30.500 m, 56.800 m, 9.600 m)

Grid: 22 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax130 73 221 0.56 0.33

Page 14

Page 135: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

TOP FLOOR / Module A5 passageways & valves / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

222 146 212 147

193 128

232 117 100 153

211 99 151 136

169 106

164 138

133 154

151141

196137

146 191

178 149 154

91 142 113

120 159 85123

137 185 74

177 133 117 80

82 92

84 70 99

149166 147 155

161177 135

202 103

7.53 m-7.53

18.50 m

-18.50

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 309Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (22.050 m, 25.300 m, 9.600 m)

Grid: 204 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax144 64 242 0.45 0.27

Page 15

Page 136: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

TOP FLOOR / Module A6 passageways & valves / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

142127 174 92 143

11899 86

165122 287 165

20198 131 139

12192 70 183

95123 70 225

179127 211 166

257126 123 238 210

185

141 142

133 216

108 217136 272

275

89 199301 207

83145

107264 177 98 139 146

136

161

202

194

128

7.65 m-7.65

18.35 m

-18.35

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 307Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (37.100 m, 25.600 m, 9.600 m)

Grid: 238 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax158 69 301 0.44 0.23

Page 16

Page 137: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

TOP FLOOR / Module A6 platform EL115.4 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

110

140

158

171

171

155

131

92 76

117

125

149

171

170

147

117

77

91

105

136

164

164

135

102

1.80 m-1.80

1.80 m

-1.80

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 31

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (46.600 m, 43.900 m, 15.400 m)

Grid: 24 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax132 76 171 0.57 0.44

Page 17

Page 138: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

OUTSIDE AREA / 3D Rendering

Page 18

Page 139: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

OUTSIDE AREA / Module A11 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

258 248

256 259

254 266 248

255 255

262 207

135 180 234 227 209 213 206

120 157 191 211 217 215 202

105 135 162 189 208 205 190

2.20 m-2.20

2.57 m

-2.57

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 43

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (10.800 m, 46.250 m, 7.400 m)

Grid: 32 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax209 105 266 0.50 0.40

Page 19

Page 140: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

OUTSIDE AREA / Module A11 stairs / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

184151

204164

147204

211163

105132

124120

118139

134139141

143141

126115

112 120

117 126

130 145

157 158

169

166

167147

163139

188

192195

177

147

131

158194

246264

2.57 m-2.57

4.03 m

-4.03

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 68Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (7.923 m, 44.902 m, 0.233 m)

Grid: 122 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax154 105 264 0.68 0.40

Page 20

Page 141: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

OUTSIDE AREA / EL 103.4 / Surface 1 / Value Chart (E)

70

70

75

75

75

70

70

75

65

70

70

75

75

75

77

72

72

75

65

70

70

75

77

77

77

65

72

72

75

77

65

70

70

75

77

77

77

62

71

71

74

74

62

69

69

74

75

75

74

62

62

71

71

72

74

74

62

69

69

72

73

73

74

59

59

67

67

69

70

70

59

67

67

69

70

70

70

59

67

67

6868

1.43 m0.00 0.22 0.32 0.64 0.81 0.96 1.05 1.16 1.29

1.43 m

0.00

0.14

0.26

0.57

0.68

0.89

0.96

1.05

1.111.16

1.29

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 12Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (13.537 m, 65.789 m, 3.500 m)

Grid: 16 x 16 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax70 59 77 0.844 0.765

Page 21

Page 142: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 6: DIALUX OUTPUT - Unit A 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

OUTSIDE AREA / Stack EL 133.4 / Surface 1 / Value Chart (E)

128

120

132

127

125

127

132

125

120

136

140

133

135

133

140

140

131

132

141

146

138139

141

134138

146

138

139138

141

145

146

139141

153

142145

145

153

151144

144

135

137

154

139

144145

153

148144

146

123

149

140

145133

145

145139

145

148

140

151144

150

147142

139

148

133

144145

151

143136

137

149

131

143146

151152

144137

134

150

152

134

144148

160155

152

141

139

146136

146

142

131

143146

130

137

158153

149

137

154144

146147

164

137

141151

146

150

163156

151

135

149140

144149

161

145149

144

161

158151

130

137140

143142

149

136139

143

151

130133

135147

3.68 m0.00 0.32 0.52 0.74 0.98 1.23 1.53 1.82 2.06 2.28 2.49 2.79 3.12 3.35

3.69 m

0.000.10

0.33

0.56

0.79

0.981.08

1.251.351.461.57

1.73

1.92

2.07

2.212.322.452.582.69

2.90

3.15

3.34

3.49

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 29Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (14.503 m, 66.114 m, 33.500 m)

Grid: 32 x 32 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax142 120 164 0.844 0.732

Page 22

Page 143: 1. Lighting Calculations

Unit A - Compressor Cabin

Date: 23.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 144: 1. Lighting Calculations

Unit A - Compressor Cabin 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

Unit A - Compressor CabinProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Compressor Cabin

Luminaire parts list 33D Rendering 4Room Surfaces

Cabin floor Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 5

Tank floorValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 6

Tank platformValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 7

platform EL115Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 8

Page 2

Page 145: 1. Lighting Calculations

Unit A - Compressor Cabin 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Compressor Cabin / Luminaire parts list

11 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*36 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4782 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 86.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 89 71 Fitting: 2 x FL36/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

8 Pieces GEWISS GW83128S HALLE - 250W SE (F=1 / K72) Article No.: GW83128S Luminous flux (Luminaire): 17407 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 25000 lm Luminaire Wattage: 250.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 100 CIE flux code: 49 87 99 100 70 Fitting: 1 x SE 250 E40 (Correction Factor 1.000).

Page 3

Page 146: 1. Lighting Calculations

Unit A - Compressor Cabin 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Compressor Cabin / 3D Rendering

Page 4

Page 147: 1. Lighting Calculations

Unit A - Compressor Cabin 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Compressor Cabin / Cabin floor / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

309 262 243 241 241 249 249 242 238 236 250 251 246 241 241

247 249 230 231 256 299 252 227 228 245 298 259 233 239 291

358 277 213 207 253 417 245 205 202 233 415 269 213 231 363

352

341

258

320

249 195 191 247 386 231 190 190 232 390 251

223

212

229

17.38 m-17.38

6.32 m

-6.32

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 264Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in room: Marked point: (-0.200 m, -0.050 m, 0.000 m)

Grid: 217 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax256 171 417 0.67 0.41

Page 5

Page 148: 1. Lighting Calculations

Unit A - Compressor Cabin 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Compressor Cabin / Tank floor / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

352 373 280 210 178 150

387 382 278 125 156

301 233 148

240

124

136

206 157

217 214 210 210 210 189

238 224 259 273 296 267

277 229 258 285 352 386

278 212 237 267 336 385

3.38 m-3.38

6.15 m

-6.15

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 103

Position of surface in room: Marked point: (34.650 m, 0.225 m, 1.400 m)

Grid: 43 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax249 124 387 0.50 0.32

Page 6

Page 149: 1. Lighting Calculations

Unit A - Compressor Cabin 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Compressor Cabin / Tank platform / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

502 500 480

494 503 497 472 424

439 473 394 335

396 431 357 308

362 389 331 293

348 369 323 286

348 369 323 286

360 387 330 292

393 428 354 306

473 462

485 479

1.90 m-1.90

3.00 m

-3.00

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 51

Position of surface in room: Marked point: (36.375 m, 2.000 m, 4.750 m)

Grid: 40 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax395 286 503 0.72 0.57

Page 7

Page 150: 1. Lighting Calculations

Unit A - Compressor Cabin 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Compressor Cabin / platform EL115 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

85 100

100 116

142 152

216 226

268 272

216 225

140 157

98 115

78 90

0.53 m-0.53

4.54 m

-4.54

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 73

Position of surface in room: Marked point: (-0.055 m, 2.500 m, 6.000 m)

Grid: 2 x 9 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax155 78 272 0.50 0.29

Page 8

Page 151: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 7: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT B AND UNIT G

Project : LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 23.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 152: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 7: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT B AND UNIT G 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 7: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT B AND UNIT GProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3Exterior Scene 1

Planning data 4Luminaires (coordinates list) 53D Rendering 6Exterior Surfaces

Calculation Surface 1Isolines (E, Perpendicular) 7

Page 2

Page 153: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 7: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT B AND UNIT G 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 7: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT B AND UNIT G / Luminaire parts list

7 Pieces GELIGHTING 519621 PFE-154 HPS 70W Article No.: 519621 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4208 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6600 lm Luminaire Wattage: 84.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 100 CIE flux code: 66 94 99 100 64 Fitting: 1 x LU70/90/XO/T12/27 (Correction Factor 1.000).

Page 3

Page 154: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 7: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT B AND UNIT G 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Exterior Scene 1 / Planning data

50.00 m-50.10

24.70 m

-25.90

Maintenance factor: 0.80, ULR (Upward Light Ratio): 0.0% Scale 1:716

Luminaire Parts List No. Pieces Designation (Correction Factor) Φ (Luminaire) [lm] Φ (Lamps) [lm] P [W]

1 7 GELIGHTING 519621 PFE-154 HPS 70W (1.000) 4208 6600 84.0

Total: 29458 Total: 46200 588.0

Page 4

Page 155: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 7: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT B AND UNIT G 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Exterior Scene 1 / Luminaires (coordinates list)

GELIGHTING 519621 PFE-154 HPS 70W4208 lm, 84.0 W, 1 x 1 x LU70/90/XO/T12/27 (Correction Factor 1.000).

1

23

4

5

67

No. Position [m] Rotation [°]X Y Z X Y Z

1 37.981 16.239 6.000 0.0 -25.0 24.0

2 27.076 11.207 6.000 0.0 -25.0 24.0

3 16.045 6.496 6.000 0.0 -25.0 24.0

4 5.082 1.610 6.000 0.0 -25.0 24.0

5 -5.850 -3.340 6.000 0.0 -25.0 24.0

6 -16.775 -8.317 6.000 0.0 -25.0 24.0

7 -27.800 -13.000 6.000 0.0 -25.0 24.0

Page 5

Page 156: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 7: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT B AND UNIT G 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Exterior Scene 1 / 3D Rendering

Page 6

Page 157: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 7: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT B AND UNIT G 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Exterior Scene 1 / Calculation Surface 1 / Isolines (E, Perpendicular)

10

20

20

20

20

2020

2020

20

20

30

30

3030

3030

30

40

50

50

50

50

56.54 m0.00

28.10 m

0.00

3.66

24.45

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 405Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-21.561 m, -12.430 m, 0.000 m)

Grid: 128 x 32 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax27 8.80 55 0.320 0.159

Page 7

Page 158: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 8: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT C

Project : LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 23.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 159: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 8: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT C 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 8: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT CProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3Unit C

3D Rendering 4Exterior Surfaces

Module C10-stairs EL 110.35 to EL 114.45Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 5

Module C6 ground floor passagesValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 6

Module C5 -pumps ground level Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 7

Module C11 platform EL 115.7Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 8

Page 2

Page 160: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 8: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT C 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 8: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT C / Luminaire parts list

12 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*18 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 1882 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 2700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 43.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 90 70 Fitting: 2 x FL18/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

134 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*36 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4782 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 86.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 89 71 Fitting: 2 x FL36/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

Page 3

Page 161: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 8: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT C 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit C / 3D Rendering

Page 4

Page 162: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 8: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT C 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit C / Module C10-stairs EL 110.35 to EL 114.45 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

181 202 183 150

198 221 200 161

193 216 194 158

197 177 154

177 160 136

186 171 151

161 144 122

119 111 102

83 80 70

96 78 63

134 143 139 125

138 151 156 141

144 162 169 157

151 174 186 177

131 138 139

135 139 142

131 139 141

143 148 151

148 160 167

163 181 186

1.21 m-1.21

2.98 m

-2.98

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 50Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (30.875 m, 2.850 m, 10.300 m)

Grid: 103 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax153 63 226 0.41 0.28

Page 5

Page 163: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 8: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT C 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit C / Module C6 ground floor passages / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

160

149

145

183 192 184 192 195 156 169 186 236 245 267 300 321

174

226

241 288 250

262 281 259 250 277 272 247 215 226 228 244 247 238

198 183

178 152

194 161

283 194

219 266 314 308 202

5.46 m-5.46

6.86 m

-6.86

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 115

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (2.000 m, 16.675 m, 1.000 m)

Grid: 47 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax225 145 321 0.64 0.45

Page 6

Page 164: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 8: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT C 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit C / Module C5 -pumps ground level / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

134 140 145 145 144 147 148 151 145 158 179 213

158 183 194 188 188 201 201 195 182 201 200 181

159 230 218 164 208 243 231 229 134 204 218 153

108 216 209 136 172 240 238 212 164 253 232 101

141 186 205 204 239 260 271 249 255 248 247 194

130 153 177 165 226 238 248 193 160 200 192

6.70 m-6.70

2.74 m

-2.74

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 102

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (6.700 m, 2.600 m, 0.600 m)

Grid: 71 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax191 101 271 0.53 0.37

Page 7

Page 165: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 8: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT C 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit C / Module C11 platform EL 115.7 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

75 85 89 70 80 96 108 142 182 213 187 141 111

89 68 79 108 103 135 184 215 197 151 115

110

169 156

103 94 129 159 165 138 108

132 100

219

95 110 68 95 120 114 125 105

97 87 96 97 73 75 89 105 123 115

197 150 121 103 89 91 97 93 85 103 138 157 149

186 208 167 125 103 91 88 91 100 99 110 144 189 184

154 175 141 118 101 97 93 92 113 109 106 142 181 177

137 155 109 99 95 105 125 142 135

139 107 109 81 76 98 113 117 105

164 134 140 120 107 118

177 152 173 189 156 127 162

126 114 75 112 161 179 148 117 156

7.13 m-7.13

6.60 m

-6.60

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 111

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (13.444 m, 17.000 m, 15.700 m)

Grid: 136 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax125 68 219 0.54 0.31

Page 8

Page 166: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D

Company: Yara Pilbara NitratesProject number: 2080Contractor: Técnicas ReunidasDepartment: Electricity

Date: 23.05.2013 Operator: Electrical Department

Page 167: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT DProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3Scrubbers Section Basement Level

3D Rendering 4Exterior Surfaces

Module D8 - pumpsValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 5

Module D8- EL104,5Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 6

Unit D platforms3D Rendering 7Exterior Surfaces

Module D15- EL10 5,5Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 8

Module D15 - stairsValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 9

Module D8- platforms Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 10

Module D5 -ground floor process areaValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 11

Module D12 - pumpsValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 12

Module D14- platform EL116.2Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 13

Page 2

Page 168: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D / Luminaire parts list

46 Pieces DISANO 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*18 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 1882 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 2700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 43.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 90 70 Fitting: 2 x FL18/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

210 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*36 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4782 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 86.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 89 71 Fitting: 2 x FL36/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

2 Pieces HUBBELL LIGHTING DIVISION - PHOTOMETRIC REPORT HLEZ10SxxO/VMPSD-40 EZ SERIES CL. 1, DIV. 1&2; GRP. C&D; CL. 2, DIV. 1&2, GRP. E,F & G LUMINAIRE W/INTERNALLY FLUTED PRISMATIC GLASS GLOBE AND STD. DOME REFLECTOR Article No.: HLEZ10SxxO/VMPSD-40 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 5306 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 9500 lm Luminaire Wattage: 128.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 97 CIE flux code: 39 76 97 97 56 Fitting: 1 x 100 WATT, CLEAR HPS, E-23.5, 9500 LUMENS (Correction Factor 1.000).

See our luminaire catalog for an image of

the luminaire.

Page 3

Page 169: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Scrubbers Section Basement Level / 3D Rendering

Page 4

Page 170: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Scrubbers Section Basement Level / Module D8 - pumps / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

119 128 135 149 196 209 174 162 157

170 117 204 212 89 119

213 156 159 168 82 91

3.55 m-3.55

1.40 m

-1.40

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 54

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-13.000 m, -39.700 m, 1.019 m)

Grid: 21 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax153 82 213 0.53 0.38

Page 5

Page 171: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Scrubbers Section Basement Level / Module D8- EL104,5 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

207

163

119

87

221

155

113

79

3.65 m-3.65

3.65 m

-3.65

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 61

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-11.788 m, -29.550 m, 4.500 m)

Grid: 8 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax143 79 221 0.55 0.36

Page 6

Page 172: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit D platforms / 3D Rendering

Page 7

Page 173: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit D platforms / Module D15- EL10 5,5 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

200

210

225

159

156

192

219

222

175

182

221

341

219

147

137

139

195

223

0.85 m-0.85

11.60 m

-11.60

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 194Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (0.400 m, 11.100 m, 5.600 m)

Grid: 32 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax210 137 341 0.65 0.40

Page 8

Page 174: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit D platforms / Module D15 - stairs / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

197

190

179

233

226

214

268

265

247

234

229

212

219

221

209

160

162

154

147

164

171

151

185

192

225

238

239

177

188

197

164

166

155

149

137

128

170

162

151

191

182

167

236

227

207

250

244

225

282

275

251

224 209

258 234

257 232

235 216

2.20 m-2.20

1.30 m

-1.30

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 34Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (2.050 m, 31.500 m, 0.300 m)

Grid: 92 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax200 120 282 0.60 0.43

Page 9

Page 175: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit D platforms / Module D8- platforms / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

168

152

220

246

246

215

175

139

134 120

173

206

255

249

180

236

193

182

247

236

162

1.46 m-1.46

12.41 m

-12.41

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 208Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-6.800 m, 6.899 m, 2.100 m)

Grid: 139 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax204 120 278 0.59 0.43

Page 10

Page 176: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit D platforms / Module D5 -ground floor process area / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

171 187 174 124

298 238 237 242 232 184

303 284 173

229 191 236 300 331 246

180 182 183

185 188 230 241 263 189

248 227 268 333 282

337 261 254 238 165

305 222 124148 120

212 221 223 209 195 153 131 111

185 213 210 208 167

4.54 m-4.54

5.56 m

-5.56

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 93

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-18.126 m, -5.100 m, 1.000 m)

Grid: 56 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax218 111 337 0.51 0.33

Page 11

Page 177: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit D platforms / Module D12 - pumps / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

110 107 123 151 182 182 133

161

159

158 141 127 125 134 147

148 146 139 135 133 137

154 154 129 144 111 119 120

172 152 155 104 105

195 175 157 133 107 101 85

173 144 113 109 95 83

3.95 m-3.95

3.59 m

-3.59

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 60

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-29.900 m, 12.003 m, 1.000 m)

Grid: 46 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax136 83 195 0.61 0.42

Page 12

Page 178: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 9: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT D 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit D platforms / Module D14- platform EL116.2 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

225 229 187 142 114 102

118 178 197 193 158 122 96

139

127 89 99 180 184 104 82

135 94 103 201 220 155 157

149

155 176 195 207 189 190 230

172 196 175 152 164 205

157 161 165 151 137 135 159

132 122 120 121 131 129 134

114

120 119 117 116 115 107 110

139 158 163 140 113 96 109

3.04 m-3.04

6.14 m

-6.14

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 103

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (7.710 m, 18.400 m, 16.500 m)

Grid: 71 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax148 82 230 0.56 0.36

Page 13

Page 179: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 10: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT E

Project: LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 23.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 180: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 10: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT E 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 10: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT EProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3Unit E

3D Rendering 4Exterior Surfaces

platform Modules E3/E4Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 5

Module E15Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 6

Module E9 - stairsValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 7

Page 2

Page 181: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 10: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT E 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 10: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT E / Luminaire parts list

7 Pieces DISANO 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*18 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 1882 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 2700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 43.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 90 70 Fitting: 2 x FL18/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

34 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*36 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4782 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 86.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 89 71 Fitting: 2 x FL36/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

Page 3

Page 182: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 10: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT E 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit E / 3D Rendering

Page 4

Page 183: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 10: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT E 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit E / platform Modules E3/E4 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

176 178 151

162 123 156

132 162

125 174

113 172

89 129

94 119

135 96 141

157 176 141

1.30 m-1.30

4.75 m

-4.75

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 80

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (2.500 m, 1.300 m, 8.400 m)

Grid: 22 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax141 89 178 0.63 0.50

Page 5

Page 184: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 10: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT E 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit E / Module E15 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

255 223 175

185 218 280 312 304 298 290 232

208 231 218 221 258 316 379 339 298 260

167 257 242 251 236 187 188 192 218 245

258 288 281 272 263 258 254

5.18 m-5.18

2.75 m

-2.75

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 79

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-4.900 m, -23.100 m, 10.100 m)

Grid: 38 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax251 167 379 0.66 0.44

Page 6

Page 185: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 10: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT E 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit E / Module E9 - stairs / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

141 162 177 182 178 165 146

134 152 166 171 167 155 137

120 135 146 151 146 137 122

148166178

145158167

143153158

122126128

149153153

169166145

179158125

229200170

230208173

217194158

234211176

211188160

192171149

173158138

163152137

156149136

110108103

155153148

154162165

131167181

189214239

188216236

165198215

197225244

171196212

164185199

1.24 m-1.24

2.01 m

-2.01

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 34

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (7.727 m, -16.729 m, 0.000 m)

Grid: 99 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax168 103 244 0.61 0.42

Page 7

Page 186: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT F

Project : LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 23.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 187: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT F 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT FProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3Unit F

3D Rendering 4Exterior Surfaces

Module F7Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 5

Module F1-staircaseValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 6

Page 2

Page 188: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT F 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT F / Luminaire parts list

10 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*18 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 1882 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 2700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 43.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 90 70 Fitting: 2 x FL18/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

17 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*36 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4782 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 86.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 89 71 Fitting: 2 x FL36/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

Page 3

Page 189: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT F 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit F / 3D Rendering

Page 4

Page 190: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT F 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit F / Module F7 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

97 112 101

149 200 176

167

157 175 143

148 182 63

178 225 172 105

155 193 54

113 158 164 136

158

151 207 179

100 120 31

2.25 m-2.25

6.00 m

-6.00

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 101

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (9.500 m, -6.100 m, 0.500 m)

Grid: 31 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax144 31 225 0.22 0.14

Page 5

Page 191: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT F 23.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit F / Module F1-staircase / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

124 129 140 120150 166

143 158 179133

122137124

118126

159

139

112118

141109

123

132

118

118

125

144

120

118 130

82 120

143108

133 152

137 169

147 122

5.01 m-5.01

7.92 m

-7.92

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 133Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-9.625 m, 2.493 m, 1.000 m)

Grid: 206 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax129 82 179 0.63 0.46

Page 6

Page 192: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2

Project : LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 24.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 193: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2Project Cover 1Table of contents 2Full Bulk Storage Building

Luminaires (layout plan) 33D Rendering 4Room Surfaces

Main passagewayValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 5

Passageway 2Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 6

Escape routesLuminaires (layout plan) 73D Rendering 8Room Surfaces

Calculation grid at floorIsolines (E, Perpendicular) 9

Emergency Full Bulk Storage Building 3D Rendering 10Room Surfaces

Main passagewayValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 11

Passageway 2 Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 12

Page 2

Page 194: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Full Bulk Storage Building / Luminaires (layout plan)

11

1 11

11

11

11

1

1 1 1 1

1 11

11

11 1 1 1 1

11

192.96 m0.00 10.00 30.00 52.00 65.10 85.00 107.00 123.95 140.00 162.00

48.00 m

0.006.0011.00

21.00

38.98

Scale 1 : 1380

Luminaire Parts List

No. Pieces Designation

1 29 GEWISS GW83131S HALLE - 400W SE (F=1 / K88)

Page 3

Page 195: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Full Bulk Storage Building / 3D Rendering

Page 4

Page 196: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Full Bulk Storage Building / Main passageway / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

113 163 124 201 120 188 136 151 158 130 191 122 196 128 164 148 133 186 120 189127 215 231 231 238 224 224 214 208 222 226 239 230 234 214 206 215 223 238 224133 161 174 110 180 117 188 179 132 159 110 181 121 223 147 135 150 115 184 154

95.50 m-95.50

7.25 m

-7.25

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 1366Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in room: Marked point: (0.900 m, 1.503 m, 0.000 m)

Grid: 80 x 7 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax188 99 282 0.53 0.35

Page 5

Page 197: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Full Bulk Storage Building / Passageway 2 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

152 189 218 224 200 163 129

138 180 224 238 213 165 126

129 176 226 255 221 169 123

208 226 206

175 183 174

140

111

106

118

141

180 176 180

197 210 210 210 195

176 215 228 232 228 214 172

170 204 219 226 219 203 167

148 178 194 197 194 180 150

10.10 m-10.10

15.51 m

-15.51

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 259

Position of surface in room: Marked point: (55.000 m, 16.059 m, 0.000 m)

Grid: 61 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax186 106 255 0.57 0.42

Page 6

Page 198: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Escape routes / Luminaires (layout plan)

11 11

1111

11 11

192.96 m0.00 65.82 125.92

48.00 m

0.005.00

Scale 1 : 1380

Luminaire Parts List

No. Pieces Designation

1 12 Thorlux Lighting ETS96151HOUR TWINSPOT

Page 7

Page 199: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Escape routes / 3D Rendering

Page 8

Page 200: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Escape routes / Calculation grid at floor / Isolines (E, Perpendicular)

10 10 10

10

10

10

10

10

10 10

190.40 m0.00 10.76 24.54 39.13 54.24 68.67 87.34 101.93 117.04 136.36 151.47 166.06

45.30 m

0.00

14.0519.8125.80

34.0039.81

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 1362Position of surface in room: Marked point: (1.200 m, 1.300 m, 0.000 m)

Grid: 128 x 128 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax2.47 0.14 35 0.056 0.004

Page 9

Page 201: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Emergency Full Bulk Storage Building / 3D Rendering

Page 10

Page 202: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Emergency Full Bulk Storage Building / Main passageway / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

93 79 12 19 144 41 11 6.41 8.62 54 122 20 16 103 77 136

92 83 12 19 153 50 16 7.80 9.42 52 137 27 17 106 77 14537 34 11 15 53 79 32 9.00 8.91 28 78 56 17 40 36 50

95.50 m-95.50

7.25 m

-7.25

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 1366Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in room: Marked point: (0.900 m, 1.503 m, 0.000 m)

Grid: 80 x 7 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax57 6.21 211 0.11 0.03

Page 11

Page 203: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 12: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNITS H1 & H2 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Emergency Full Bulk Storage Building / Passageway 2 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

72 92 112 120 107 83 58

82 113 152 167 149 107 72

88 129 177 207 174 125 81

173 197 170

145 157 142

114

83

68

67

75

110 90 72

138 129 105 80 60

132 152 141 115 84 62 43

126 141 133 111 83 61 43

109 119 115 96 76 58 41

10.10 m-10.10

15.51 m

-15.51

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 259

Position of surface in room: Marked point: (55.000 m, 16.059 m, 0.000 m)

Grid: 61 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax110 41 207 0.38 0.20

Page 12

Page 204: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 13: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT J

Project : LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 24.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 205: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 13: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT J 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 13: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT JProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3Unit J

3D Rendering 4Exterior Surfaces

Module J2 groundValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 5

Module J1-EL111,895Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 6

Page 2

Page 206: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 13: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT J 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 13: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT J / Luminaire parts list

4 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*18 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 1882 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 2700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 43.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 90 70 Fitting: 2 x FL18/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

6 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*36 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4782 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 86.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 89 71 Fitting: 2 x FL36/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

Page 3

Page 207: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 13: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT J 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit J / 3D Rendering

Page 4

Page 208: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 13: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT J 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit J / Module J2 ground / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

119

139

159 125

200 234 213 161

190 306 291 164

245 234

167 155

181 183

123 270 273 122

196 291 294 206

1.50 m-1.50

4.43 m

-4.43

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 74

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-1.300 m, -8.100 m, 0.300 m)

Grid: 26 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax202 119 306 0.59 0.39

Page 5

Page 209: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 13: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT J 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit J / Module J1-EL111,895 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

96 102 100 92

131 142 138 126

163 179 175 159

174 195 193 177 158 138 117

157 179 181 169 153 134 112

1.88 m-1.88

1.47 m

-1.47

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 29

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-1.089 m, 2.442 m, 11.900 m)

Grid: 26 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax148 92 195 0.62 0.47

Page 6

Page 210: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 14: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT K

Project : LDFPDepartment:: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 24.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 211: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 14: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT K 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 14: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT KProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3CLOSED COOLING TOWER

Exterior SurfacesCLOSED COOLING TOWER

Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 4

Page 2

Page 212: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 14: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT K 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 14: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT K / Luminaire parts list

9 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*36 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4782 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 86.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 89 71 Fitting: 2 x FL36/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

Page 3

Page 213: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 14: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT K 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

CLOSED COOLING TOWER / CLOSED COOLING TOWER / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

227 145 101 157 225 146 97 134 222 171 104 133 224

171 134 178 175 143 171

125 106 126 126 113 128

175 136 187 185 154 181

225 140 97 150 221 147 95 128 215 172 107 138 224

9.19 m-9.19

3.06 m

-3.06

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 140

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-6.290 m, -18.739 m, 0.000 m)

Grid: 44 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax156 95 227 0.61 0.42

Page 4

Page 214: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 15: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT L

Company: Yara Pilbara NitratesProject number: 2080Contractor: Técnicas ReunidasDepartment: Electricity

Date: 23.05.2013 Operator: Electrical Department

Page 215: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 15: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT L 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 15: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT LProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3Unit L

3D Rendering 4Exterior Surfaces

Platform EL 103,6 (1)Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 5

Exchanger 1Value Chart (E, Perpendicular) 6

platform EL 107,8 passagewaysValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 7

Page 2

Page 216: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 15: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT L 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 15: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT L / Luminaire parts list

7 Pieces DISANO 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*18 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 1882 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 2700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 43.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 90 70 Fitting: 2 x FL18/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

29 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*36 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4782 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 86.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 89 71 Fitting: 2 x FL36/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

15 Pieces DISANO 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*36 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4782 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 86.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 89 71 Fitting: 2 x FL36/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

Page 3

Page 217: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 15: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT L 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit L / 3D Rendering

Page 4

Page 218: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 15: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT L 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit L / Platform EL 103,6 (1) / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

130 176 178 180 177 174 166 151 133

139 191 195 196 193 190 181 164 143

138 191 197 199 196 191 181 164 144

144 180 188 191 188 182 171 156 139

153 165 177 181 177 168 156 143 130

137 153 168 173 167 155 143 131 121

122 142 159 164 158 145 132 121 113

3.87 m-3.87

2.62 m

-2.62

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 56

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-17.200 m, -3.241 m, 3.600 m)

Grid: 9 x 7 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax163 113 199 0.70 0.57

Page 5

Page 219: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 15: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT L 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit L / Exchanger 1 / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

111 110 110 112 116 121 114

140 137 127 136 135 141 134

179 169 134 91 141 175 168

209 200 207 196

196 190 194 184

152 145 116 117 145 139

106 103 91 89 101 99

75 76 74 72 76 73

61 66 69 80 70 69 65

2.70 m-2.70

3.25 m

-3.25

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 55

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (9.000 m, -4.600 m, 8.100 m)

Grid: 54 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax124 61 209 0.50 0.29

Page 6

Page 220: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 15: DIALUX OUTPUT UNIT L 23.05.2013

Operator Electrical DepartmentTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit L / platform EL 107,8 passageways / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

137 183 109 82 165 108 78 160 111 76 157 115 74 148 107

162 176 117 94 160 114 88 154 116 86 154 120 86 147 109

124 105 108 93 93 110 105 86

92 131 100 136 139 109 136 99

80 171 107 188 197 121 179 122

65 140 96 141 144 100 136 96

50 96 83 81 77 66 75 60

50 103 104 66 61 47 52 55

60 151 119 123 183 110 57 93 155 69 52 122 125 81

55 151 121 173 206 108 51 88 154 64 51 151 169 138

16.99 m-16.99

6.76 m

-6.76

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 258Not all calculated values could be displayed.

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-16.969 m, -8.103 m, 8.100 m)

Grid: 198 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax111 44 206 0.39 0.21

Page 7

Page 221: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 16: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT M

Project: LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 24.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo

Page 222: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 16: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT M 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Table of contents

APPENDIX 16: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT MProject Cover 1Table of contents 2Luminaire parts list 3Unit M

3D Rendering 4Exterior Surfaces

pumpsValue Chart (E, Perpendicular) 5

Page 2

Page 223: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 16: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT M 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

APPENDIX 16: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT M / Luminaire parts list

1 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*18 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 1882 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 2700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 43.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 90 70 Fitting: 2 x FL18/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

2 Pieces Disano 920 Hydro T8 Disano 920 2*36 CNR-F grey Article No.: 920 Hydro T8 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 4782 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 6700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 86.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 89 CIE flux code: 38 69 88 89 71 Fitting: 2 x FL36/4/3B (Correction Factor 1.000).

4 Pieces GELIGHTING 519622 PFE-154 HPS 100W Article No.: 519622 Luminous flux (Luminaire): 6546 lm Luminous flux (Lamps): 10700 lm Luminaire Wattage: 116.0 W Luminaire classification according to CIE: 100 CIE flux code: 62 93 99 100 61 Fitting: 1 x LU100/100/XO/T/40 (Correction Factor 1.000).

Page 3

Page 224: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 16: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT M 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit M / 3D Rendering

Page 4

Page 225: 1. Lighting Calculations

APPENDIX 16: DIALUX OUTPUT - UNIT M 24.05.2013

Operator Amparo de MollinedoTelephone

Faxe-Mail

Unit M / pumps / Value Chart (E, Perpendicular)

58 66 60 52 70 75 72 59 81

99 107 129 117 79 124 141 132 91 113

203 150 207 172 117 177 229 184 127 154

231 144 225 197 165 181 222 161 169 234

142 103 57 97 121 174 174 103 68 54 66 128 186

55 107 114 63

8.95 m-8.95

4.48 m

-4.48

Values in Lux, Scale 1 : 136

Position of surface in external scene: Marked point: (-8.150 m, -4.084 m, 0.400 m)

Grid: 56 Points

Eav [lx] Emin [lx] Emax [lx] u0 Emin / Emax128 52 234 0.40 0.22

Page 5

Page 226: 1. Lighting Calculations

Appendix 17:CABLE SIZING CALCULATIONS

Project: LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 29.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

Page 227: 1. Lighting Calculations

50

0,008333333

143

4 35 5,8800 0,0930

6 45 3,9300 0,0887

10 62 2,3330 0,0840

16 83 1,4660 0,0805

25 111 0,9270 0,0808 0,7

35 137 0,6690 0,0786 0,88

50 168 0,4940 0,0751 Total 0,616

70 213 0,3430 0,0741

95 263 0,2480 0,0725

120 306 0,1970 0,0713 0,55

150 350 0,1600 0,0718 0,89

185 404 0,1290 0,0720 1

240 479 0,0998 0,0709 0,69

300 549 0,0812 0,0704 Total 0,337755

400 632 0,0656 0,07024,50%

Derating Factors (AS 3008.1.1)

Ladder support (Table 24 )

Design Air Temperature of 50ºC (Table 27.1)

Allowed Voltage Drop

On cable ladder

Buried direct underground

6 Cables Bunched Touching (Table 25(2))

Soil Temperature of 40ºC (Table 27(2))

Cables Buried Direct at 0,5m (Table 28(1))

Soil thermal Resistivity >3 (Table 29)

Short circuit

Temperature (ºC)

Time of response (s)

Cable Properties (AS 3008.1.1 Tables 14,30 & 35)

Cable Section [mm2]

Current Carrying

Capacity [A]

Resistance R [Ω/km]

Reactance X [Ω/km]

Parameter K (From Table 52 of AS3008.1.1)

Reference Parameters

Page 228: 1. Lighting Calculations

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C01 400 1,5 0,90 0,90 2,67 1 0,62 4,34 16 83 OK 130 1,466 0,0805 0,82 0,20% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 2870,5

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C03 400 5,85 0,90 0,90 10,42 1 0,34 30,86 16 83 OK 553 1,466 0,0805 14,65 3,66% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 736,0

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C04 400 5,2 0,90 0,90 9,27 1 0,34 27,43 16 83 OK 626 1,466 0,0805 14,74 3,69% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 828,0

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C05 400 7,8 0,90 0,90 13,90 1 0,34 41,15 16 83 OK 500 1,466 0,0805 17,67 4,42% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 552,0

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C06 400 1,33 0,90 0,90 2,37 1 0,62 3,85 16 83 OK 525 1,466 0,0805 3,17 0,79% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 3237,4

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C09 400 7,86 0,90 0,90 14,01 1 0,62 22,74 50 168 OK 422 0,494 0,0751 5,12 1,28% OK 30000 858000,00 OK 1x5C 50 1554,4

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C10 400 9 0,90 0,90 16,04 1 0,62 26,03 50 168 OK 363 0,494 0,0751 5,04 1,26% OK 30000 858000,00 OK 1x5C 50 1357,5

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C11 400 9 0,90 0,90 16,04 1 0,62 26,03 50 168 OK 345 0,494 0,0751 4,79 1,20% OK 30000 858000,00 OK 1x5C 50 1357,5

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C12 400 2,4 0,90 0,90 4,28 1 0,62 6,94 16 83 OK 180 1,466 0,0805 1,96 0,49% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1794,0

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C13 400 0,45 0,90 0,90 0,80 1 0,62 1,30 16 83 OK 99 1,466 0,0805 0,20 0,05% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 9568,2

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C14 400 0,45 0,90 0,90 0,80 1 0,62 1,30 16 83 OK 98 1,466 0,0805 0,20 0,05% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 9568,2

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C15 400 0,45 0,90 0,90 0,80 1 0,62 1,30 16 83 OK 125 1,466 0,0805 0,25 0,06% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 9568,2

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C16 400 0,45 0,90 0,90 0,80 1 0,62 1,30 16 83 OK 110 1,466 0,0805 0,22 0,06% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 9568,2

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C17 400 0,45 0,90 0,90 0,80 1 0,62 1,30 16 83 OK 130 1,466 0,0805 0,27 0,07% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 9568,2

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C18 400 4,5 0,90 0,90 8,02 1 0,62 13,02 16 83 OK 25 1,466 0,0805 0,51 0,13% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 956,8

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C19 400 4,5 0,90 0,90 8,02 1 0,62 13,02 16 83 OK 23 1,466 0,0805 0,47 0,12% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 956,8

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C20 400 4,5 0,90 0,90 8,02 1 0,62 13,02 16 83 OK 32 1,466 0,0805 0,65 0,16% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 956,8

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C01 400 1,5 0,90 0,90 2,67 1 0,62 4,34 16 83 OK 112 1,466 0,0805 0,76 0,19% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 2870,5

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C02 400 4,5 0,90 0,90 8,02 1 0,62 13,02 16 83 OK 500 1,466 0,0805 10,20 2,55% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 956,8

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C03 400 6,602 0,90 0,90 11,76 1 0,34 34,83 16 83 OK 598 1,466 0,0805 17,89 4,47% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 652,2

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C04 400 6,7 0,90 0,90 11,94 1 0,34 35,35 16 83 OK 342 1,466 0,0805 10,38 2,60% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 642,6

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C05 400 5 0,90 0,90 8,91 1 0,34 26,38 16 83 OK 238 1,466 0,0805 5,39 1,35% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 861,1

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C06 400 1,89 0,90 0,90 3,37 1 0,62 5,47 16 83 OK 218 1,466 0,0805 1,87 0,47% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 2278,1

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C09 400 9 0,90 0,90 16,04 1 0,62 26,03 50 168 OK 368 0,494 0,0751 5,11 1,28% OK 30000 858000,00 OK 1x5C 50 1357,5

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C10 400 9 0,90 0,90 16,04 1 0,62 26,03 50 168 OK 352 0,494 0,0751 4,89 1,22% OK 30000 858000,00 OK 1x5C 50 1357,5

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C11 400 9 0,90 0,90 16,04 1 0,62 26,03 25 111 OK 57 0,927 0,0808 1,47 0,37% OK 30000 429000,00 OK 1x5C 25 745,2

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C12 400 4,2 0,90 0,90 7,48 1 0,62 12,15 16 83 OK 98 1,466 0,0805 1,87 0,47% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1025,2

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C13 400 2,25 0,90 0,90 4,01 1 0,62 6,51 16 83 OK 95 1,466 0,0805 0,97 0,24% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1913,6

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C14 400 1,2 0,90 0,90 2,14 1 0,62 3,47 16 83 OK 101 1,466 0,0805 0,55 0,14% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 3588,1

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C15 400 0,45 0,90 0,90 0,80 1 0,62 1,30 16 83 OK 84 1,466 0,0805 0,17 0,04% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 9568,2

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C16 400 0,45 0,90 0,90 0,80 1 0,62 1,30 16 83 OK 86 1,466 0,0805 0,18 0,04% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 9568,2

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C18 400 5,82 0,90 0,90 10,37 1 0,62 16,84 16 83 OK 290 1,466 0,0805 7,65 1,91% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 739,8

1 81-43-PDP-102E/C02 400 0,7 0,90 0,90 1,25 1 0,62 2,02 16 83 OK 220 1,466 0,0805 0,70 0,17% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 6151,0

1 81-43-PDP-102E/C03 400 4,4 0,90 0,90 7,84 1 0,62 12,73 25 111 OK 425 0,927 0,0808 5,37 1,34% OK 30000 429000,00 OK 1x5C 25 1524,4

1 81-43-PDP-102E/C04 400 2,8 0,90 0,90 4,99 1 0,62 8,10 25 111 OK 300 0,927 0,0808 2,41 0,60% OK 30000 429000,00 OK 1x5C 25 2395,4

1 81-43-PDP-102E/C05 400 1,35 0,90 0,90 2,41 1 0,62 3,91 16 83 OK 100 1,466 0,0805 0,61 0,15% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 3189,4

1 81-43-PDP-102E/C08 400 1,5 0,90 0,90 2,67 1 0,62 4,34 16 83 OK 180 1,466 0,0805 1,22 0,31% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 2870,5

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C01 400 1,5 0,90 0,90 2,67 1 0,62 4,34 16 83 OK 199 1,466 0,0805 1,35 0,34% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 2870,5

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C02 400 1,5 0,90 0,90 2,67 1 0,62 4,34 16 83 OK 120 1,466 0,0805 0,82 0,20% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 2870,5

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C03 400 4 0,90 0,90 7,13 1 0,34 21,10 16 83 OK 452 1,466 0,0805 8,19 2,05% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1076,4

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C04 400 4,95 0,90 0,90 8,82 1 0,34 26,12 16 83 OK 372 1,466 0,0805 8,34 2,09% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 869,8

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C05 400 0,91 0,90 0,90 1,62 1 0,62 2,63 16 83 OK 130 1,466 0,0805 0,54 0,13% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 4731,5

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C08 400 3,6 0,90 0,90 6,42 1 0,62 10,41 16 83 OK 120 1,466 0,0805 1,96 0,49% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1196,0

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C09 400 3,75 0,90 0,90 6,68 1 0,62 10,85 16 83 OK 106 1,466 0,0805 1,80 0,45% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1148,2

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C10 400 3,75 0,90 0,90 6,68 1 0,62 10,85 16 83 OK 137 1,466 0,0805 2,33 0,58% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1148,2

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C11 400 4,5 0,90 0,90 8,02 1 0,62 13,02 16 83 OK 53 1,466 0,0805 1,08 0,27% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 956,8

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C12 400 3 0,90 0,90 5,35 1 0,62 8,68 16 83 OK 112 1,466 0,0805 1,52 0,38% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1435,2

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C13 400 5,1 0,90 0,90 9,09 1 0,62 14,75 16 83 OK 107 1,466 0,0805 2,47 0,62% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 844,3

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C14 400 5,1 0,90 0,90 9,09 1 0,62 14,75 16 83 OK 138 1,466 0,0805 3,19 0,80% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 844,3

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C15 400 1,2 0,90 0,90 2,14 1 0,62 3,47 16 83 OK 225 1,466 0,0805 1,22 0,31% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 3588,1

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C01 400 1,5 0,90 0,90 2,67 1 0,62 4,34 16 83 OK 120 1,466 0,0805 0,82 0,20% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 2870,5

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C03 400 3,75 0,90 0,90 6,68 1 0,34 19,78 16 83 OK 350 1,466 0,0805 5,95 1,49% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1148,2

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C04 400 3,75 0,90 0,90 6,68 1 0,34 19,78 16 83 OK 103 1,466 0,0805 1,75 0,44% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1148,2

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C08 400 3,6 0,90 0,90 6,42 1 0,62 10,41 16 83 OK 118 1,466 0,0805 1,92 0,48% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1196,0

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C09 400 3,75 0,90 0,90 6,68 1 0,62 10,85 16 83 OK 148 1,466 0,0805 2,51 0,63% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1148,2

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C10 400 10,5 0,90 0,90 18,71 1 0,62 30,37 16 83 OK 102 1,466 0,0805 4,85 1,21% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 410,1

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C12 400 3 0,90 0,90 5,35 1 0,62 8,68 16 83 OK 96 1,466 0,0805 1,31 0,33% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1435,2

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C13 400 5,1 0,90 0,90 9,09 1 0,62 14,75 16 83 OK 98 1,466 0,0805 2,26 0,57% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 844,3

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C14 400 5,1 0,90 0,90 9,09 1 0,62 14,66 16 83 OK 125 1,466 0,0805 2,89 0,72% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 844,3

2 81-43-PDP-202E/C02 400 3,75 0,90 0,90 6,68 1 0,62 10,85 16 83 OK 110 1,466 0,0805 1,87 0,47% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1148,2

2 81-43-PDP-202E/C03 400 0,42 0,90 0,90 0,75 1 0,62 1,21 16 83 OK 130 1,466 0,0805 0,25 0,06% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 10251,6

2 81-43-PDP-202E/C04 400 3,6 0,90 0,90 6,42 1 0,62 10,41 16 83 OK 100 1,466 0,0805 1,63 0,41% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 1196,0

2 81-43-PDP-202E/C05 400 6 0,90 0,90 10,69 1 0,62 17,36 16 83 OK 140 1,466 0,0805 3,81 0,95% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x5C 16 717,6

Cable Sizing: Road Lighitng & Plant Lighting (THREE-PHASE CIRCUITS)

SubstationTotal

Derating

Conductors

per phaseTag

Service

Voltage

Power

[KW]

Meets

Requirement

Circuit

Length [m]

Design

Intensity

Intensity

[A]cos(ϕ) Efficiency

Current Carrying Capacity Requirements

Cable

section

Max Length

for Vd 4,5%Final cable

Voltage Drop Requirement Short Circuit Requirement

Voltage

Drop [%]

Meets

Requirement

Short Circuit

Level [A]

Short Circuit

Level of cable

Meets

RequirementR [Ω] X [Ω]

Voltage

drop [V]

Current carrying

capacity of cable (A)

Add New Cable Simplified Form

Page 229: 1. Lighting Calculations

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C07 230 2 0,90 0,90 10,74 1 0,62 17,43 10 62 OK 7,5 0,29 0,13% OK 30000 171600,00 OK 1x3C 10 269,9

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C08 230 1,5 0,90 0,90 8,05 1 0,62 13,07 6 45 OK 10 0,48 0,21% OK 30000 102960,00 OK 1x3C 6 216,0

1 81-43-PDP-101A/C21 230 1 0,90 0,90 5,37 1 0,62 8,71 16 83 OK 87 1,04 0,45% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x3C 16 863,8

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C07 230 2 0,90 0,90 10,74 1 0,62 17,43 10 62 OK 8 0,31 0,13% OK 30000 171600,00 OK 1x3C 10 269,9

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C08 230 1,5 0,90 0,90 8,05 1 0,62 13,07 6 45 OK 12 0,58 0,25% OK 30000 102960,00 OK 1x3C 6 216,0

1 81-43-PDP-101B/C17 230 1 0,90 0,90 5,37 1 0,62 8,71 16 83 OK 90 1,08 0,47% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x3C 16 863,8

1 81-43-PDP-102E/C01 230 1,5 0,90 0,90 8,05 1 0,62 13,07 6 45 OK 10 0,48 0,21% OK 30000 102960,00 OK 1x3C 6 216,0

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C06 230 2 0,90 0,90 10,74 1 0,62 17,43 10 62 OK 8 0,31 0,13% OK 30000 171600,00 OK 1x3C 10 269,9

2 81-43-PDP-201A/C07 230 1,5 0,90 0,90 8,05 1 0,62 13,07 6 45 OK 10 0,48 0,21% OK 30000 102960,00 OK 1x3C 6 216,0

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C06 230 2 0,90 0,90 10,74 1 0,62 17,43 6 45 OK 7 0,45 0,19% OK 30000 102960,00 OK 1x3C 6 162,0

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C07 230 1,5 0,90 0,90 8,05 1 0,62 13,07 10 62 OK 12 0,35 0,15% OK 30000 171600,00 OK 1x3C 10 359,9

2 81-43-PDP-201B/C15 230 0,4 0,90 0,90 2,15 1 0,62 3,49 16 83 OK 169 0,81 0,35% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x3C 16 2159,6

2 81-43-PDP-202E/C01 230 1,5 0,90 0,90 8,05 1 0,62 13,07 16 83 OK 130 2,34 1,02% OK 30000 274560,00 OK 1x3C 16 575,9

49 m

35,5 m

476 m

4133 m

6296 m

782 m

1850 m5x50 mm2 cables:

THREE-PHASE CIRCUITS

ONE-PHASE CIRCUITS

Road Lighting 5x16 mm2 cables:

Plant Lighting 5x16 mm2 cables:

5x25 mm2 cables:

3x6 mm2 cables:

3x10 mm2 cables:

RESULTS

Max Length

for Vd 4,5%

Voltage

Drop [%]

Meets

Requirement

Short Circuit

Level [A]

Short Circuit

Level of cable

[A]

Meets

RequirementFinal cable

Voltage

drop [V]Efficiency Intensity [A]

Conductors per

phase

Total

Derating

Factor

Design

Intensity [A]

Cable

section

[mm2]

Current carrying

capacity of cable (A)Meets Requirement

Circuit

Length [m]

Current Carrying Capacity Requirements Voltage Drop Requirement Short Circuit Requirement

Cable Sizing: Road Lighitng & Plant Lighting (ONE PHASE CIRCUITS)

Substation TagService

Voltage [V]

Power

[KW]cos(ϕ)

3x16 mm2 cables:

Add New Cable Simplified Form

Page 230: 1. Lighting Calculations

Appendix 18: PANEL SCHEDULE

Project: LDFPDepartment: ElectricityClient: ICAI School of Engineering

Date: 29.05.2013 Operator: Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

Page 231: 1. Lighting Calculations

1x

1x

1x

L1 L2 L3 N

ICAI SCHOOL OF

ENGINEERING

PDP PANEL SCHEDULE SUBSTATION 1

APPENDIX Nº 18

150

C.B.

FIELD MAIN POWER JB2

69

81-43-PDP-101A/C03

1900

ROAD LIGHTING

16

13 14

73 74

75

71 72

63 64

16 20 A

20 A

150020 A

1500

----------

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2

NOTE1 AND NOTE 2

1500

1500

----------

25

70

81-43-PDP-101A/C20

FIELD MAIN POWER JB4

NOTE1 AND NOTE 2

81-43-PDP-101A/C21

---------- 83 84

20 ASPARE

81-43-PDP-101A/C22

----------

16 20 A

91 92

76

78

81 82

1681-43-PDP-101A/C04

9

95-CB-001

20 A

81-43-PDP-101A/C2316

150

BULK STORAGE BUILDING

1900

2050

161000 79 80

20 A

23 24

165010

1500

77

11

17 18

19

15 16

20

SAFETY LIGHTING UNIT E AND K

NOTE1 & NOTE 2

1900 12

----------

ROAD LIGHTING 1650

----------

20 A

1681-43-PDP-101A/C12

GATE HOUSE

---------- ----------

1620 ASPARE

81-43-PDP-101A/C02

8

81-43-PDP-101A/C11 50 50 A

EMERGENCY CENTRE20 A

1500

NOTE1 AND NOTE 2

81-43-PDP-101A/C1916

81-43-PDP-101A/C18

----------

1500

1500

FIELD MAIN POWER JB125

16

87

----------

150

---------- 51 52

1500

150 65

150

MOTORIZED VALVE UNIT K

150

150 47 48

----------

150 61 62

800

---------- 43 44

46

20 A 1681-43-PDP-101A/C14

MOTORIZED VALVE UNIT K

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2

3000 41 42 LIGHTING UNIT E

----------

150 49 50

81-43-PDP-101A/C13 20 A

800

3000 39 40

----------

3000 37 38

50 A

800

2620 33 3450

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2

81-43-PDP-101A/C08

SUBSTATION LIGHTING (A)

2620

2625

4902600

29 30

81-43-PDP-101A/C09 50 50 A

3000

---------- 35

23

16

----------

81-43-PDP-101A/C05

2600

24

2600

----------

ROAD LIGHTING

20 A

85

150

86

20 A88 81-43-PDP-101A/C24

150

150

45

36

3000

90 SPARESPARE 8916

500 5 6

500 3 420 A

7

SIZE (W.)

500 1 2

LOAD LOAD

SIZE (W.) DESCRIPTION C. SIZE (mm2)

81-43-PDP-101A/C01

C. No. C. No. C.B. C. SIZE (mm2)

TYPE: MCCB SOURCE: 81-43-MCC-101 A SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY (kA. rms):

DESCRIPTION

30

MAIN BREAKER (A): 200 C. ENTRY: BOTTOM NOMINAL CURRENT (A): 136,00

BUS CAPACITY (A): 200 RACEWAY: N/A LINE TO LINE VOLTAGE (V): 400

INSTALLATION: INDOOR EARTHING: 95 sqmm. MAXIMUM DEMAND (W): [20%] 84228,00

No. OF CIRCUITS: 30 NEUTRAL: 95 sqmm. POWER FACTOR (Cos θ): 0,90

ENCLOSURE: IP-41 PHASES: 150 sqmm. DEMAND FACTOR: 1,00

TAG NUMBER: 81-43-PDP-101 "A" LOCATION: SUB-STATION No. 1

SERVICE: POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL FEEDER LOAD (W): 70190,00

420RACK LIGHTING2221 420

81-43-PDP-101A/C06

420

49016

----------

3000

2620 31 32 81-43-PDP-101A/C10

2000 150081-43-PDP-101A/C07

CONVENIENCE OUTLET SS1. NOTE 1 16 A

----------

54

20 A 1681-43-PDP-101A/C16

MOTORIZED VALVE UNIT K

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2

20 A20 A

MOTORIZED VALVE UNIT K

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2

58

67 68

1681-43-PDP-101A/C17

66

53

56

150

150

150

----------

81-43-PDP-101A/C15

MOTORIZED VALVE UNIT K

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2 NOTE1 AND NOTE 2

55

57

59 60

16 20 A

6

NOTE 1----------

NOTE 1----------

10 16 A27 28

81-43-PDP-101A/C2716 20 A

93 94

97 98

95

SPARE SPARE

---------- 99 100

20 A 1681-43-PDP-101A/C2896

SPARE

---------- 99 100

SPARE 97 98

81-43-PDP-101A/C2616 20 A

93 94

95 9620 A 16

81-43-PDP-101A/C25

1

Page 232: 1. Lighting Calculations

NOTES: 1.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A 3 POSITION SWITCH (AUTOMATIC-OFF-ON) AND CONTACTOR

2.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICE FIXED TO 30mA

3.- EXCEPTIONS WILL BE INDICATED AS NOTE 1 FOR NO SWITCH EQUIPPED AND NOTE 2 FOR NO RCD EQUIPPED

4.- PANELBOARDS TO BE ACCORDING TO AUSTRALIAN STANDARD AS-3000 and AS-3439

CURRENT PHASE L1: 114,22 A

UNBALANCED (%): 1,47CURRENT PHASE L3: 112,54 A EARTHING BUS

CURRENT AVERAGE (A): 112,57CURRENT PHASE L2: 110,95 A

MAXIMUM CURRENT (A): 114,22

20 A

101 102

103 104

SPARE

81-43-PDP-101A/C3081-43-PDP-101A/C2916

SPARE 105 10620 A 16

---------- 107 108

2

Page 233: 1. Lighting Calculations

1x

1x

1x

L1 L2 L3 N

NOTES: 1.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A 3 POSITION SWITCH (AUTOMATIC-OFF-ON) AND CONTACTOR

2.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICE FIXED TO 30mA

3.- EXCEPTIONS WILL BE INDICATED AS NOTE 1 FOR NO SWITCH EQUIPPED AND NOTE 2 FOR NO RCD EQUIPPED

4.- PANELBOARDS TO BE ACCORDING TO AUSTRALIAN STANDARD AS-3000 and AS-3439. CONSTRUCTIVE FORM 2B

150

49

3000

150

OFFICE BUILDING

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2

81-43-PDP-101B/C15

53

81-43-PDP-101B/C11 25

PDP PANEL SCHEDULE SUBSTATION 1

APPENDIX Nº 18

82

SPARE

77 78

81

76 ----------

50

----------

20 A 1681-43-PDP-101B/C22

SPARE

ICAI SCHOOL OF

ENGINEERING

81-43-PDP-101B/C2116 20 A

---------- 83

79

81-43-PDP-101B/C19 16

----------

20 A81-43-PDP-101B/C20 72

75

150

150

150

----------

MOTOR OPERATED VALVE UNIT L

56

NOTE 1

20 A81-43-PDP-101B/C16

16

54

55

7473

69 70

84

80

66

150 MOTOR OPERATED VALVE UNIT L 57 58

---------- NOTE 1 & NOTE 2 59

16 20 A

60

71

SPARE

----------

87 88 16

89SPARE

20 A

SPARE

64

68

95-CB-003 6550 A

20 A

----------

----------

67

5081-43-PDP-101B/C18

CURRENT PHASE L3: 116,25 A EARTHING BUS UNBALANCED (%): 2,16

CURRENT AVERAGE (A): 115,57CURRENT PHASE L2: 112,39 A

MAXIMUM CURRENT (A): 118,07

SPARE

85 86

81-43-PDP-101B/C24

90

CURRENT PHASE L1: 118,07 A

81-43-PDP-101B/C23

91 92

16 20 A

1960

1930

1930BAG STORAGE

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2 ----------

81-43-PDP-101B/C17 16 20 A

61 62

1000 63

400

---------- 51 52 ----------

20 A 1681-43-PDP-101B/C14

400750

1400

50

750 47 48

LIGHTING UNIT K

41 42

----------

40081-43-PDP-101B/C13 16 20 A

45 46

750

20 A 1681-43-PDP-101B/C12

1400

3000

5081-43-PDP-101B/C10 3000

1400

LIGHTING UNIT J,L AND M20 A

37

3000 39 40

3000

38

43 44

---------- 35 36 ----------

20 A

30

33 34

32

3000

1500

CONVENIENCE OUTLET SS1 SUBSTATION LIGHTING (B)

81-43-PDP-101B/C09 50 50 A

29

NOTE 1

3000

----------NOTE 1

16 A

1750 19

2000 81-43-PDP-101B/C07 25

3000

20

1750 21 2216 20 A

24---------- 23

ROAD LIGHTING

20 A 1681-43-PDP-101B/C04

2450

1500

81-43-PDP-101B/C0520 A

17 18

12 2050

RACK LIGHTING (UNITG) 63016

81-43-PDP-101B/C06

630

ROAD LIGHTING 2200

630

----------

---------- 15 16 ----------

10

13 14

2150 11

2302

----------

1681-43-PDP-101B/C02

1500

4 1500

6 SPARE

2

20 A

2150

81-43-PDP-101B/C03 16 20 A

9

500 3

500 5

7----------

C. SIZE (mm2) DESCRIPTION SIZE (W.)

500

81-43-PDP-101B/C01 16 20 A

1

8

LOAD

SIZE (W.) DESCRIPTION C. SIZE (mm2) C.B. C. No.

1500

C. No. C.B.

TYPE: MCCB SOURCE: 81-43-MCC-101 B SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY (kA. rms): 30

LOAD

MAIN BREAKER (A): 200 C. ENTRY: BOTTOM NOMINAL CURRENT (A): 139,00

BUS CAPACITY (A): 200 RACEWAY: N/A LINE TO LINE VOLTAGE (V): 400

INSTALLATION: INDOOR EARTHING: 95 sqmm. MAXIMUM DEMAND (W): [20%] 86474,40

No. OF CIRCUITS: 24 NEUTRAL: 95 sqmm. POWER FACTOR (Cos θ): 0,90

ENCLOSURE: IP-41 PHASES: 150 sqmm. DEMAND FACTOR: 1,00

TAG NUMBER: 81-43-PDP-101 "B" LOCATION: SUB-STATION No. 1

SERVICE: POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL FEEDER LOAD (W): 72062,00

NOTE 1

SAFETY LIGHTING UNIT L AND M

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2

TRANSPORTERS WORKSHOP

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2

OIL STATION

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2

10 16 A

ROAD LIGHTING

----------27 28

26

ANALYZERS UNITS E, K, L, M

31

6

3000

----------

81-43-PDP-101B/C08

3

Page 234: 1. Lighting Calculations

1x

2x

1x

L1 L2 L3 N

NOTES: 1.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A 3 POSITION SWITCH (AUTOMATIC-OFF-ON) AND CONTACTOR

2.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICE FIXED TO 30mA

3.- EXCEPTIONS WILL BE INDICATED AS NOTE 1 FOR NO SWITCH EQUIPPED AND NOTE 2 FOR NO RCD EQUIPPED

4.- PANELBOARDS TO BE ACCORDING TO AUSTRALIAN STANDARD AS-3000 and AS-3439. CONSTRUCTIVE FORM 2B

ICAI SCHOOL OF

ENGINEERING

PDP PANEL SCHEDULE SUBSTATION 1

APPENDIX Nº 18

NOTE 2

SPARE

EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT K EMERGENCY LIGHT UNIT J,L AND M

40A 25

1681-43-PDP-102 "E"/C08

16

36

NOTE 2

EMERGENCY LIGHTING BULK STORAGE

NOTE 1 & NOTE 2

EMERGENCY LIGHTING BAG STORAGE

NOTE 1 &NOTE 2

10

13

EARTHING BUS UNBALANCED (%):

NOTE 2

SPARE20 A 16

81-43-PDP-102 "E"/C10

10,96CURRENT PHASE L3:17,13 A

24,34

CURRENT PHASE L2:24,34 A CURRENT AVERAGE (A): 21,94

CURRENT PHASE L1:24,34 A MAXIMUM CURRENT (A):

SPARE

NOTE 2

20 A

41 42

20 A 1681-43-PDP-102 "E"/C12

----------

43 44

48NOTE 2---------- 47

45 46

37 38

81-43-PDP-102 "E"/C09

30

SPARE

81-43-PDP-102 "E"/C11 16

---------- 39

20 A35

---------- 31

500

16

----------

81-43-PDP-102 "E"/C07

32

29

33 34

----------

500

NOTE 240

28

24

81-43-PDP-102 "E"/C06

500

21

27

22

20 AEMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT E

450

----------

20 A

25 26

20 ASPARE

NOTE 2

----------

19 20

23NOTE 2 NOTE 2

16

800

450

81-43-PDP-102 "E"/C0516 20 A

17 18

12 800

450

1200

---------- 15 16 ----------

14

81-43-PDP-102 "E"/C04

1600

81-43-PDP-102 "E"/C03 25 40 A

9

1600 11

1200

210

---------- 3 4 280

---------- EMERGENCY LIGHTING IN SUBSTATION

81-43-PDP-102 "E"/C02

NOTE 2

RACK LIGHTING 5 6 210

---------- 7 8 ----------

16

C. SIZE (mm2)

DESCRIPTION SIZE (W.)

1500

81-43-PDP-102 "E"/CO16 20 A

1 2

20 A

LOAD LOAD

SIZE (W.) DESCRIPTION C. SIZE (mm2) C.B. C. No. C. No. C.B.

TYPE: MCCB SOURCE: 81-43-MCC-101 E SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY (kA. rms): 30

MAIN BREAKER (A):100 A C. ENTRY: BOTTOM NOMINAL CURRENT (A): 24,00

BUS CAPACITY (A): 100 RACEWAY: N/A LINE TO LINE VOLTAGE (V): 400

INSTALLATION: INDOOR EARTHING: 95 sqmm. MAXIMUM DEMAND (W): [20%] 14700,00

No. OF CIRCUITS: 12 NEUTRAL: 95 sqmm. POWER FACTOR (Cos θ): 0,90

ENCLOSURE: IP-41 PHASES: 150 sqmm. DEMAND FACTOR: 1,00

TAG NUMBER: 81-43-PDP-102 LOCATION: SUB-STATION No. 1

SERVICE: POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (EMERGENCY) FEEDER LOAD (W): 12250,00

4

Page 235: 1. Lighting Calculations

1x

1x

1x

L1 L2 L3 N

CURRENT PHASE L1:

CURRENT PHASE L2:

CURRENT PHASE L3:

NOTES: 1.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A 3 POSITION SWITCH (AUTOMATIC-OFF-ON) AND CONTACTOR

2.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICE FIXED TO 30mA

3.- EXCEPTIONS WILL BE INDICATED AS NOTE 1 FOR NO SWITCH EQUIPPED AND NOTE 2 FOR NO RCD EQUIPPED

4.- PANELBOARDS TO BE ACCORDING TO AUSTRALIAN STANDARD AS-3000 and AS-3439. CONSTRUCTIVE FORM 2B

APPENDIX Nº 18

PDP PANEL SCHEDULE SUBSTATION 2

69,28

78,09

75,68

ICAI SCHOOL OF

ENGINEERING

NOTE1 AND NOTE 2

CHEMICAL STORE BUILDING

NOTE1 & NOTE 2---------- 31 32

81-43-PDP-201A/C07

ANALYZERS UNITS A, C AND D

400

61 62

400

15006

NOTE1

20 A

57

5920 A 16

81-43-PDP-201A/C1660

20 A 16

58

56

81-43-PDP-201A/C14

SAFETY LIGHTING UNIT A, F

NOTE1 & NOTE 2

SAFETY LIGHTING UNIT D

NOTE1 & NOTE 2

SUBSTATION LIGHTING (A)

NOTE 1

29 30 1200

400 SPARE

---------- 63 64

81-43-PDP-201A/C1516

----------

20 A 1681-43-PDP-201A/C08

1200

27 28 120020 A

25 26

A

A EARTHING BUS UNBALANCED (%): 5,03

CURRENT AVERAGE (A): 74,35

MAXIMUM CURRENT (A): 78,09

69 70

A

72

20 A 1681-43-PDP-201A/C1867 68

SPARE

---------- 71

SPARE

1700

81-43-PDP-201A/C1716 20 A

65 66

52 1700

1700 LIGHTING UNIT D LIGHTING UNIT D 1700

---------- 55

1700

81-43-PDP-201A/C13 16 20 A

49 50

53 54

1700 51

48 ----------

20 A 1681-43-PDP-201A/C12

1000

4645

43 1000

1500 LIGHTING UNIT C 1000

---------- 47

FIELD MAIN POWER JB3

1500

81-43-PDP-101A/C11 16 20 A

41 42

1500 44

39 40 ----------

20 A 1681-43-PDP-201A/C10

1250

38

1250 35 36 1250

1250 UNIT A LIGHTING UNIT A LIGHTING 1250

----------

10

1250

81-43-PDP-201A/C09 16 50 A

33 34

37

2000

18

---------- 23 24 ----------

20 A

1681-43-PDP-201A/C04

1550

81-43-PDP-201A/C0516 20 A

17

81-43-PDP-201A/C06 19

---------- 15 16

280 RACK LIGHTING

350

280 20

1250 11 12

21 22

1700

1250 ROAD LIGHTING ROAD LIGHTING 1700

1500

81-43-PDP-201A/C03 16 20 A

9

----------

20 A

10

13 14

500 3 4

500

81-43-PDP-201A/C01 20 A

2

8

20 A

----------

1681-43-PDP-201A/C02

500

500

500 5 6 500

C. SIZE (mm2)

16

1

---------- 7

DESCRIPTION C. SIZE (mm2) C.B. C. No. C. No.

LOAD LOAD

C.B. DESCRIPTION SIZE (W.)

TYPE: MCCB SOURCE: 81-43-MCC-202 A SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY (kA. rms): 30

SIZE (W.)

MAIN BREAKER (A):200 C. ENTRY: BOTTOM NOMINAL CURRENT (A): 90,00

BUS CAPACITY (A): 200 RACEWAY: N/A LINE TO LINE VOLTAGE (V): 400

INSTALLATION: INDOOR EARTHING: 95 sqmm. MAXIMUM DEMAND (W): [20%] 55632,00

No. OF CIRCUITS: 18 NEUTRAL: 95 sqmm. POWER FACTOR (Cos θ): 0,90

46360,00

ENCLOSURE: IP-41 PHASES: 150 sqmm. DEMAND FACTOR: 1,00

NOTE 1

CONVENIENCE OUTLET SS2

TAG NUMBER: 81-43-PDP-201 "A" LOCATION: SUB-STATION No. 2

SERVICE: POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL FEEDER LOAD (W):

5

Page 236: 1. Lighting Calculations

1x

1x

1x

L1 L2 L3 N

CURRENT PHASE L1:

CURRENT PHASE L2:

CURRENT PHASE L3:

NOTES: 1.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A 3 POSITION SWITCH (AUTOMATIC-OFF-ON) AND CONTACTOR

2.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICE FIXED TO 30mA

3.- EXCEPTIONS WILL BE INDICATED AS NOTE 1 FOR NO SWITCH EQUIPPED AND NOTE 2 FOR NO RCD EQUIPPED

4.- PANELBOARDS TO BE ACCORDING TO AUSTRALIAN STANDARD AS-3000 and AS-3439. CONSTRUCTIVE FORM 2B

TAG NUMBER: 81-43-PDP-201 "B" LOCATION: SUB-STATION No. 2

SERVICE: POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL FEEDER LOAD (W): 43950,00

ENCLOSURE: IP-41 PHASES: 150 sqmm. DEMAND FACTOR: 1,00

No. OF CIRCUITS: 18 NEUTRAL: 95 sqmm. POWER FACTOR (Cos θ): 0,90

INSTALLATION: INDOOR EARTHING: 95 sqmm. MAXIMUM DEMAND (W): [20%] 52740,00

BUS CAPACITY (A): 200 RACEWAY: N/A LINE TO LINE VOLTAGE (V): 400

MAIN BREAKER (A):200 C. ENTRY: BOTTOM NOMINAL CURRENT (A): 85,00

TYPE: MCCB SOURCE: 81-43-MCC-201 B SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY (kA. rms): 30

20 A

LOAD LOAD

SIZE (W.) DESCRIPTION C. SIZE (mm2) C.B. C. No. C. No. C.B.

SPARE

---------- 7

C. SIZE (mm2) DESCRIPTION SIZE (W.)

500

81-43-PDP-201B/C01

1

----------

1681-43-PDP-201B/C02

SAFETY LIGHTING UNIT C

NOTE1 & NOTE 2

3 4

6

9

500 516 20 A

8

2

13 14

1250 11 12

500

1250

81-43-PDP-201B/C03 16 20 A

1250 ROAD LIGHTING ROAD LIGHTING 1250

---------- 15 16 ----------

20 A

10

81-43-PDP-201B/C0516 20 A

17 18

SPARE

---------- NOTE 1

1681-43-PDP-201B/C04

1250

1250

2000

----------

81-43-PDP-201B/C06

SUBSTATION LIGHTING (B)20 A 6

CONVENIENCE OUTLET20 A

25 26

29

81-43-PDP-201B/C07 27

21 22

19 20

10

23 24

1500 1200

---------- 31 32 ----------

20 A

NOTE 1

28

50 A

33 34

30

37 38

35 36

40

1681-43-PDP-201B/C08

1200

3500

3500

3500

1200

45 46

43

81-43-PDP-201B/C10

1250 UNIT A LIGHTING

----------

1000

1000

44 1000

SPARE

47

52

81-43-PDP-201B/C12

LIGHTING UNIT C

----------

1250

1250

LIGHTING UNIT C20 A 16

39

53

81-43-PDP-201B/C1116 20 A

41

----------

1700 5120 A 16

81-43-PDP-201B/C14

17001700

81-43-PDP-201B/C13 16 20 A

49

59

---------- 55 56

60

1700

1700 LIGHTING UNIT D LIGHTING UNIT D 1700

---------- 63 64

16

58

62

400

20 ASPARE 69 70

6665

67 6881-43-PDP-201B/C1716

MAXIMUM CURRENT (A): 75,78

---------- 71 72

20 A 16

A

A

A EARTHING BUS

CURRENT AVERAGE (A):

81-43-PDP-201B/C18

81-43-PDP-201B/C15

UNBALANCED (%): 7,51

70,48

20 A

57

61

NOTE 1

20 A 1681-43-PDP-201B/C16

SPARE

SPARE

APPENDIX Nº 18

PDP PANEL SCHEDULE SUBSTATION 2

64,23

75,78

71,45

LIGHTING UNIT F

81-43-PDP-201B/C09 16

ICAI SCHOOL OF

ENGINEERING

SPARE PARTS BUILDING

NOTE 1

20 A 16

54

48 ----------

42

50

6

Page 237: 1. Lighting Calculations

1x

1x

1x

L1 L2 L3 N

NOTES: 1.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A 3 POSITION SWITCH (AUTOMATIC-OFF-ON) AND CONTACTOR

2.- EVERY PANEL OUTGOINGS WILL BE EQUIPPED WITH A RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICE FIXED TO 30mA

3.- EXCEPTIONS WILL BE INDICATED AS NOTE 1 FOR NO SWITCH EQUIPPED AND NOTE 2 FOR NO RCD EQUIPPED

4.- PANELBOARDS TO BE ACCORDING TO AUSTRALIAN STANDARD AS-3000 and AS-3439. CONSTRUCTIVE FORM 2B

CURRENT PHASE L1:

CURRENT PHASE L2:

CURRENT PHASE L3:

29,30

22,08

22,08

APPENDIX Nº 18

PDP PANEL SCHEDULE SUBSTATION 2

ICAI SCHOOL OF

ENGINEERING

SPARE

NOTE 2

NOTE 2

EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT F

NOTE 2

14RACK LIGHTING (EMERGENCY)

EMERGENCY LIGHTING IN SUBSTATION

NOTE 2

SPARE

NOTE 2

TAG NUMBER: 81-43-PDP-202 LOCATION: SUB-STATION No. 2

SERVICE: POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL FEEDER LOAD (W): 15270,00

ENCLOSURE: IP-41 PHASES: 150 sqmm. DEMAND FACTOR: 1,00

No. OF CIRCUITS: 12 NEUTRAL: 95 sqmm. POWER FACTOR (Cos θ): 0,90

INSTALLATION: INDOOR EARTHING: 95 sqmm. MAXIMUM DEMAND (W): [20%] 18324,00

BUS CAPACITY (A): 100 RACEWAY: N/A LINE TO LINE VOLTAGE (V): 400

MAIN BREAKER (A):100 A C. ENTRY: BOTTOM NOMINAL CURRENT (A): 30,00

TYPE: MCCB SOURCE: 81-43-MCC-202 E SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY (kA. rms): 30

LOAD LOAD

SIZE (W.) DESCRIPTION C. SIZE (mm2) C.B. C. No. C. No. C.B.

1500

16 20 A

1 2

20 A

----------

81-43-PDP-202 "E"/C01

EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT A

NOTE 2

C. SIZE (mm2) DESCRIPTION SIZE (W.)

16 ----------

20 A 1681-43-PDP-202 "E"/C04

EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT C

NOTE 2

3 4 1250

6 12505 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT A16

81-43-PDP-202 "E"/C02

1250

----------

12 1200

NOTE 2

15

20 A

9

7 8

(COMPRESOR BUILDING)

13

NOTE 2

1200

140 11

140 1200

10140

81-43-PDP-202 "E"/C03 16

----------

2000

81-43-PDP-202 "E"/C0516 20 A

17 18

2000 19 20

EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT D2000

---------- 23 24 ----------

20 A 1681-43-PDP-202 "E"/C06

21 22

81-43-PDP-202 "E"/CO716 20 A

25 26

29

27 28

32

81-43-PDP-202 "E"/C10

----------

20 A 1681-43-PDP-202 "E"/C08

30

39

---------- 31

20 A

----------

20 A81-43-PDP-202 "E"/C09 36

16 16

33 34

37 38

35

----------

20 A

42

43 44

41

46

40

SPARE

NOTE 2

---------- 47 48 ----------

20 A 161645

24,49

A MAXIMUM CURRENT (A): 29,30

UNBALANCED (%):

A CURRENT AVERAGE (A):

A EARTHING BUS 19,65

7

Page 238: 1. Lighting Calculations

DOCUMENT 2:

______________________________

TECHNICAL DRAWINGS

Page 239: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

58

INDEX OF DRAWINGS

1. Plant View Drawings for Road Lighting

LDFP –DWG-RL-001 Lighting Network & Underground General Plant

Page 60

LDFP –DWG- RL -002 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 01

Page 61

LDFP –DWG- RL -003 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 01 Circuit list

Page 62

LDFP –DWG- RL -004 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 02

Page 63

LDFP –DWG- RL -005 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 02 Circuit list

Page 64

LDFP –DWG- RL -006 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 03

Page 65

LDFP –DWG- RL -007 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 03 Circuit list

Page 66

LDFP –DWG- RL -008 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 04

Page 67

LDFP –DWG- RL -009 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 04 Circuit list

Page 68

LDFP –DWG- RL -010 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 05

Page 69

LDFP –DWG- RL -011 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 05 Circuit list

Page 70

LDFP –DWG- RL -012 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 06

Page 71

LDFP –DWG- RL -013 Road Lighting Overall Plan Subsection 06 Circuit list Page 72

2. Standard Plant Disposition Drawings: Unit A

LDFP –DWG-UA-001 Unit A General Lighting Network Plant

Page 73

LDFP –DWG-UA-002 Lighting Network Plant Module A12

Page 74

LDFP –DWG-UA-003 Lighting Network Plant Module A4

Page 75

LDFP –DWG-UA-004 Lighting Network Plant Module A6

Page 76

LDFP –DWG-UA-005 Lighting Network Plant Module A3

Page 77

LDFP –DWG-UA-006 Lighting Network Plant Module A2

Page 78

LDFP –DWG-UA-007 Lighting Network Plant Module A14 Page 79

Page 240: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

59

LDFP –DWG-UA-008 Lighting Network Plant Compressor Building

Page 80

LDFP –DWG-UA-009 Lighting Network Plant Module A30

Page 81

LDFP –DWG-UA-010 Lighting Network Plant Module A26

Page 82

LDFP –DWG-UA-011 Lighting Network Plant Module A5

Page 83

LDFP –DWG-UA-012 Lighting Network Plant Module A17

Page 84

LDFP –DWG-UA-013 Lighting Network Plant Module A13

Page 85

LDFP –DWG-UA-014 Lighting Network Plant Module A4

Page 86

LDFP –DWG-UA-015 Lighting Network Plant Module A7

Page 87

LDFP –DWG-UA-016 Lighting Network Plant Modules A8 & A9 Page 88

3. Electrical Diagrams

LDFP –DWG-ED-001 Lighting Philosophy one-line diagram

Page 89

LDFP –DWG-ED-002 Lighting Philosophy , Bus Bar A

Page 90

LDFP –DWG-ED-003 Lighting Philosophy , Bus Bar B

Page 91

LDFP –DWG-ED-004 Lighting Philosophy , Bus Bar E

Page 92

4. Standard Drawings

LDFP –DWG-SD-001 Standard Drawing Junction Box – Column Mount

Page 93

LDFP –DWG- SD -002 Standard Drawing Flood Lighting – Beam Mount

Page 94

LDFP –DWG- SD -003 Standard Drawing Fluorescent Luminaire – Ceiling Mount

Page 95

LDFP –DWG- SD -004 Standard Drawing Fluorescent Luminaire – Stanchion Mount

Page 96

LDFP –DWG- SD -005

Standard Drawing Lighting Fixture Storage Page 97

LDFP –DWG- SD -006

Standard Drawing Road Lighting Page 98

Page 241: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 242: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 243: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 244: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 245: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 246: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 247: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 248: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 249: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 250: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 251: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 252: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 253: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 254: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 255: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 256: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 257: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 258: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 259: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 260: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 261: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 262: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 263: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 264: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 265: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 266: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 267: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 268: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 269: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 270: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 271: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 272: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 273: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 274: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 275: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 276: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 277: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 278: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 279: 1. Lighting Calculations
Page 280: 1. Lighting Calculations

DOCUMENT 3:

______________________________

GENERAL

SPECIFICATIONS

Page 281: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

100

Contents

DOCUMENT 3: ............................................................................................................................... 90

1 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND LOCAL REGULATIONS ........................................................ 101

1.1 AUSTRALIAN STANDARDS .......................................................................................................... 101

1.2 OTHER INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ........................................................................................... 103

2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................................. 103

2.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................................... 103

2.2 SAFETY POLICY ........................................................................................................................ 103

2.3 HAZARDOUS AREAS .................................................................................................................. 104

2.4 SITE CONDITIONS..................................................................................................................... 105

2.5 POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM ............................................................................................................ 107

2.6 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION ......................................................................................................... 112

2.7 PLANT DESIGN GUIDELINES ....................................................................................................... 120

2.8 HAND OVER DOCUMENTS ......................................................................................................... 121

2.9 CHECKING, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING ................................................................................... 121

Page 282: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

101

1 Applicable Standards and Local Regulations

1.1 Australian Standards

All equipment and installation work will comply with statutory codes and requirements of the

current revision of all relevant Australian Standards and Codes of Practice and IEC Standards.

These standards have been followed to proceed with all calculations related to this project.

In special cases where no Australian or IEC standards are available, relevant EN documents or

British Standards shall be applicable.

Australian Minimum Energy Performance Standards (MEPS) requirements shall be followed for

all relevant electrical material.

The relevant standards will include but not be limited to the following (Note: A standard may

contain several parts, which are applicable):

AS 1029 Low Voltage Contactors – Electromechanical – (Up to and including 1000VAC and 1200VDC)

AS 1042 Direct-Acting Indicating Electrical Measuring Instruments and their Accessories

AS 1101 Graphical Symbols for General Engineering

AS 1158 Lighting for Roads and Public Spaces

AS 1243 Voltage Transformers for Measurement and Protection

AS 1429 Electric Cables – Polymeric Insulated

AS 1431 Low Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear – Control Circuit Devices and Switching Elements

AS 1680 Interior and Workplace Lighting

AS 1775 Air-Break Switches, Isolators and Fuse-Combination Units (up to and including 1000VAC and 1200VDC)

AS 1798 Lighting Poles and Bracket Arms – Preferred Dimensions

AS 1930 Circuit Breakers for Distribution Circuits (up to and including 1000VAC and 1200VDC)

AS 1939 Classification of Degrees of Protection provided by Enclosures for Electrical Equipment

AS 1940 The Storage and Handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids

Page 283: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

102

AS 2184 Molded Case Circuit Breakers for Rated Voltages up to and including 600VAC and 250VDC

AS 2293 Emergency Escape Lighting and Exit Signs for Buildings

AS 2373 Electric Cables for Control and Protection Circuits

AS 2700 Color Standards for General Purposes.

AS 3000 Electrical Installations (known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring Rules)

AS 3008 Electrical Installations - Selection of Cables - Cables for Alternating Voltages up to and Including 0.6/1 kV

AS 3190 Residual Current Devices (Current-Operated Earth Leakage Devices)

AS 3439 Low Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear Assemblies

AS 3650 Low Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear – Common Requirements

AS 3702 Item designation in Electrotechnology

AS 3851 The calculation of short-circuit currents in three-phase a.c. systems

AS 3947 Low Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear

AS 4282 Control of the Obtrusive Effects of Outdoor Lighting

AS 4326 The Storage and Handling of Oxidizing Agents

AS 4761 Competencies for working with electrical equipment for hazardous areas (EEHA)

AS 4782 Double-capped Fluorescent Lamps –Performance Specifications

AS 4783 Performance of Electrical Equipment – Ballast for Fluorescent Lamps

AS 4847 Self-ballasted Lamps for General Lighting Services

AS 60044 Instrument transformers

AS 60079 Electrical Equipment for Hazardous Areas

AS 60529 Degrees of Protection provided by Enclosures (IP Code)

AS 60947 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear

Page 284: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

103

1.2 Other International Standards

2 Technical Specifications

2.1 Scope

This document details the minimum requirements for Electrical design criteria that will be

used for the design, documentation, supply, manufacture, installation, testing and

commissioning of electrical system for this project.

Key Criteria Equipment will be provided to serve the following key criteria:

Safety of personnel.

Safety of equipment.

Meet legal, regulatory and statutory requirements.

Maintain correct operation at rated output for rated lifetime.

Meet environmental and sustainable development objectives.

Minimize life cycle costs.

Plant design life of 20 years.

Preference for modular units, preferring pre-assembly and off site work rather

than on site work.

2.2 Safety policy

2.2.1 Cable Mechanical Protection

Cables will generally be enclosed in cable ladders or mechanically protected by stainless steel

conduit or plating against mechanical damage.

EN 12464 Light and Lighting – Lighting of Work Places

EN 12665 Light and Lighting – Basic Terms and Criteria for Specifying Lighting Requirements

ISO 1000 The International System of Units (SI) and its application

NEMA

VE 2-2006

Cable Tray Installation Guidelines

Page 285: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

104

2.2.2 Earthing

All cable ladders and exposed conductive parts of electrical equipment, panels and switchgear

will be securely bonded to earth. Reference will be made to AS/NZS 3000 and the ESAA

“Substation Earthing Guide” for substation earth design.

Substation touch and step potentials will be controlled in accordance with AS3007 for

personnel protection. Refer also to AS2067 (Substations and high voltage installations

exceeding 1 kV A.C.).

2.3 Hazardous areas

Hazardous areas will have a hazardous area analysis and layout completed to AS/NZS

60079.10.1 for gases and AS/NZS 60079.10.2 for dust; in connection with API RP 505. All

electrical equipment in hazardous areas will be certified to meet or exceed the hazardous area

requirements.

Electrical equipment installation in hazardous areas shall be limited to the minimum.

2.3.1 Hazardous Area Analysis

A complete hazardous area analysis to AS/NZS 60079.10.1 for gases and AS/NZS 60079.10.2 for

dust will be completed as part of the detailed design phase.

Arising from the hazardous area analysis will be a hazardous area design drawing/document

specific detailing the supply and installation requirements for electrical, instrument and other

equipment to be located in each area (i.e. identifying specific equipment types and the

standards to which the equipment and installation must conform).

2.3.2 Specific Requirements

The hazardous area certification of equipment will be recognized by Australian Standards, will

meet or exceed Australian Standards requirements for the area classification or service and

will be suitably referenced on the equipment nameplate. Equipment will be accompanied by a

copy of the current certification in English.

Equipment and materials will have current certification for use in the hazardous area. A

register of all electrical hazardous area certificates will be kept as part of the design and

installation along with copies of certificates.

Within limits, equipment in areas which are largely hazardous areas will preferably be of a

consistent hazardous standard and certification (rather than a mix of hazardous and

non-hazardous) to allow for later relocation, additions or expansion.

Page 286: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

105

The installed equipment will be inspected and certified as correctly supplied and installed to

Australian hazardous area standards by a qualified person. Signed copies of all such

inspections will form part of the hazardous area installation certification.

2.3.3 Hazardous Area Equipment and Installation

Refer to AS/NZS 60079.14 for selection, installation and maintenance of electrical equipment

for explosive atmospheres.

Acceptable strategies to address hazardous area requirements include:

Lighting – Ex E (increased safety);

Control (including wiring, terminals and junction boxes) – Ex I or Ex E;

All equipment installed in bund areas will be controlled from outside the bund

area.

All electrical equipment shall have a certificate of conformity issued under the IECEx scheme,

ANZEx scheme, or AUSEx scheme. This certificate number shall be marked on the equipment

Equipment that only has an EC Type Examination Certificate issued in accordance with the

ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, or is marked only in accordance with the ATEX Directive is not

acceptable.

2.4 Site Conditions

2.4.1 General

Project site is in an industrial area in the South Pacific Region.

Tropical climatic condition shall be carefully considered in the design. All equipment shall be

designed for Cyclone Category V, according to Australian Bureau of Meteorology. Wind design

velocity= 88 m/s.

For equipment operating at ambient conditions, the maximum design temperature shall be

minimum 50ºC, and the minimum design temperature shall be 2ºC.

Relative humidity shall be considered as 65%.

Seismic zone is classified as of importance level 2 and hazard factor Z= 0.12 (according to

AS1170 Part 4 – Earthquake Loads).

Average annual rainfall is 320 mm.

2.4.2 Operating Conditions and Degree of Protection

Equipment to be installed indoors shall have type of enclosure IP31 as minimum, if not

specified more stringent in the relevant sections.

Page 287: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

106

Equipment to be installed outdoors shall have type of enclosure IP55 as minimum, if not

specified more stringent in the relevant sections.

All outdoor electrical material shall be adequately protected with cyclone protection tape to

avoid water intrusion during cyclones.

2.4.3 Deviation in Supply Voltage and Frequency

The supply system rated frequency is 50Hz, during normal system operation and under steady

state conditions, the system frequency shall not deviate from the rated frequency by more

than +/-2%.

Voltage variations at nominal frequency will be +/- 10%.

The combined voltage and frequency deviations shall comply with Zone A as described in AS

60034-1.

Short Circuit Calculations

The study shall be in accordance with applicable AS and IEC Standards.

Pertinent data, rationale employed, and assumptions in developing the calculations shall be

incorporated in the introductory remarks of the study.

Determine the maximum and minimum prospective fault levels at each bus bar for 3 phase

and earth faults, incorporating the motor contribution in determining the momentary and

interrupting ratings of the protective devices.

Present the data determined by the short circuit study in a table format. Include, but not

limited to:

Node & Device identification.

Operating voltage.

Equipment short circuit rating.

Initial symmetrical short circuit current I”k.

Peak short circuit current Ip.

Asymmetrical short circuit breaking current Ib.

Steady state short circuit current Ik.

Provide the main fault data on the developed single line diagram as well in the detailed

tablature form.

Protective Device Coordination Study

Page 288: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

107

Prepare the coordination curves to determine the required settings of protective devices to

assure selective coordination. Phase and ground over current protection shall be included, as

well as settings for all other adjustable protective devices.

Graphically illustrate on log-log paper that adequate time separation exists between devices.

Reasonable coordination intervals and separation of characteristic curves shall be maintained.

Plot the specific time-current characteristics of each protective device in such a manner that

the upstream devices will be clearly depicted on the sheet along with any cable restrains.

The plots shall include complete titles, representative one-line diagram and legends,

associated power company’s relays or fuse characteristics, and complete parameters of

transformers. There shall be a maximum of eight protective devices per sheet.

The following specific information shall also be shown on the coordination curves, but not

limited to:

Device identifications.

Time and current ratio for curves.

Fuse, circuit breaker, and relay curves, showing complete operating bands of low-

voltage circuit breaker trip curves.

Cable damage curves.

Transformer magnetizing inrush and withstand curves and transformer damage

curves.

Significant maximum symmetrical or asymmetrical short circuit cut-off point.

Electric utility’s relays and/or fuses including manufacturer’s minimum melt, total

clearing, tolerance.

Low voltage equipment circuit breaker trip devices, including manufacturer’s

tolerance bands.

Ground fault protective device settings.

Develop a table to summarize the settings selected for the protective devices.

Calculations

Cable sizing calculation, illumination level calculation, power factor sizing, earthing calculation

and protection design calculation are required to support design to be made.

Operating Modes

The power studies shall consider all operating scenarios during normal conditions alternate

operations, emergency power conditions, and any other operations.

2.5 Power supply system

2.5.1 Source of Electrical Power

Page 289: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

108

Power shall be generated by excess steam from operation of the Nitric Acid process unit,

through a three phase Asynchronous Generator (12-11-GE-001, 7.5MW, 6.6 KV). Additional

power requirements will be provided from adjacent plant at 11 KV voltage level and limited to

5 MW.

2.5.2 Backup Power (Emergency Diesel Generator)

Emergency power supply shall be provided whenever certain plant sections or individual

electrical equipment have to be restarted within a short period of time or according to an

established sequenced starting schedule after failure of the normal power supply in order to

secure a safe shutdown of the plant.

An adequately rated emergency diesel generator shall supply the electric power required for

essential consumers, which have to be in operation in case of a failure of the adjacent plant

grid (emergency lighting).

The generator shall be of the three phase synchronous type with brushless exciter, suitable for

parallel operation with the mains supply. Power rating of the set shall meet the demand during

emergency operation, including at least 20% spare capacity, and based on inductive power

factor of 0.8. Sustainable overloads shall be at least:

150% of nominal current during 30 seconds.

110% of nominal current during 1 hour every 12 hours.

Sustainable short circuit capacity:

300% of nominal current during 10 seconds.

Under normal operation, emergency switchgear/controlgear shall be fed from the normal,

none essential mains supply system, on failure of the normal mains supply the Emergency

Generator shall start and come on line automatically. An auto transfer scheme monitoring bus

undervoltage shall be utilized to initiate supply transfer. On restoration of the normal power

supply, the re-transfer shall be a manual operation after momentary paralleling. The provision

of periodical testing of diesel generator on load synchronizing and paralleling facilities with the

Mains shall be provided. Diesel generator starting shall take place within a reasonable time

after occurrence of a black out (maximum 30 seconds).

2.5.3 Standard Voltages and Signals

The definitions of voltage level as per AS/NZS 3000 will apply. For the purpose of these design

criteria, the following definitions will apply:

Extra Low Voltage: not exceeding 50 V AC or 120 V ripple free DC.

Low Voltage: Exceeding extra - low voltage but not exceeding 1 kV AC or 1.5 kV DC.

High Voltage: Exceeding Low Voltage (i.e. greater than 1 kV AC or 1.5 kV DC)

Low Voltage

400V, 3 phases, 50 Hz for Electrical Equipment.

Page 290: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

109

230 V, 1 phase, 50 Hz (lighting).

2.5.4 Low Voltage Distribution System

Low voltage distribution system shall be at 400 V, 50 Hz as indicated in single line diagram.

Design considerations for achieving a safe 400 V distribution system:

Electrical fault events;

Contingency events including load shedding;

Continuous current carrying capacity;

Supply synchronization issues.

400 V systems shall provide “redundancy” for main switchboards with transfer scheme. Where

this includes:

Providing two possible connections to the normal supply sources and tie breaker

(NO).

Providing emergency backup from diesel generator for essential loads.

2.5.5 Transfer System

Automatic transfer system is only considered when the Emergency Diesel Generator has to

start up and feed the loads connected to the emergency busbars at Substations 1 and 2, after a

loss of power from the “Normal” supply source happens.

Manual transfer is considered for 400 V switchboards transfers of loads from one bus to the

other, or on Normal power restoration, the failed incomer and bus section shall be manually

switched. The scheme shall also provide for manual closing of the bus section (synchronization

is required), followed by automatic opening of a selected incomer after momentary paralleling.

The selected transfer scheme shall achieve the complete switching operation in the shortest

possible time to ensure minimal disruption to the operating loads. All current and voltage

measurements are to be three phase.

2.5.6 Power System Protection

Protection and metering to be provided for different equipment/circuits shall generally be as

Type and Construction of Circuit Breakers.

Main incoming 400 V circuit breakers will be ACBs. Circuit breakers for distribution boards will

be moulded case of appropriate fault rating.

Residual Current Device (Earth Leakage) Protection

General purpose 230 VAC switched socket outlet circuits and three phase welding outlet

circuits will have individual RCD protection fitted (30 mA sensitivity).

Voltage Transformers

Page 291: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

110

All voltage transformers shall conform to AS 60044.2 (Instrument transformers – Inductive

voltage transformers) or AS 60044.5 (Instrument transformer – Capacitor voltage

transformers) depending on type of voltage transformer.

All voltage transformers will be connected with a star secondary and have a secondary voltage

of 110 V phase to phase. Voltage transformers will have HV and LV HRC fuse protection.

The star point or one leg of the secondary phase will be earthed.

Indoor voltage transformers mounted on metal clad switchgear will be easily connected or

disconnected from the energised HV side by withdrawal.

Low voltage transformers shall be of the double wound type continuously rated with an

earthed metal screen between the windings. Output load shall not exceed 80% of the

transformers continuous rating.

Current Transformers

All current transformers will comply with AS 60044.1 (Instrument transformers - Current

transformers).

All CT secondary will be 1 A. One side of the CT secondary will be earthed.

Minimum conductor size will be 2.5 mm sq copper conductor.

Measurement current transformers shall be of accuracy class 2.0 and with a minimum rated

burden of 5VA.

Protection current transformers for thermal overload relays shall be rated to suit the individual

requirements recommended by the overload manufacturer.

In general, overload relay current transformers will be 10P20 to the relevant Australian

Standard.

All current transformers shall be installed with polarity markings assuming supply from the

bus, and with secondary circuits earthed at one point.

Current transformers shall be rigidly clamped to prevent movement under short circuit

conditions. Current Transformers shall be provided with rating plates and terminal marking

and Type test certificate.

Where over-current factors are not specified the current transformers shall be designed to

withstand the prospective fault current specified.

All current transformer outgoing terminal connections shall be shorted when the switchboards

and or MCC tiers are delivered.

Indicating instruments (Ammeters and Voltmeters)

Page 292: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

111

Meters shall be supplied as indicated on the drawings. Preference shall be given to digital

rather than traditional moving iron/coil. If specified, meters shall:

Be 72mm square (minimum) for feeders and motor drives.

Be 72mm square (minimum) for incomers.

Be 45mm (minimum) for LCS.

Have a minimum accuracy class of 2.5.

Full scale deflection of ammeters shall be selected so that compressed overscaling covers the

DOL starting current of the load circuit. The normal full load current shall be indicated by a red

line adjacent on the scale.

2.5.7 Load Assessment

A schedule of the installed electrical loads, the maximum normal running plant load and the

peak load, expressed in kilowatts and kilovars and based on the plant design capacity when

operating under the site conditions specified, shall be prepared.

Formula for determining the total electrical loads shall be as follows:

Maximum Normal Continuous Plant Load = x (%) C + y (%) I.

Peak load = x (%) C + y (%) I + z (%) S.

Where:

C = sum of all continuously operating loads.

I = sum of all intermittent loads.

S = sum of all stand-by loads.

x, y and z are diversity factors.

The following default values could be used for load assessments:

x = 100% (by definition, at rated plant throughput all driven equipment should be

operating at its duty point. However, some diversity may need to be applied to

non-process loads, e.g. offices and workshop power and lighting (typically

90%).

y = 30% (applied to the sum of intermittent operating loads or modified to

account for the largest intermittent drive or consumer, whichever is the

greater).

z = 10% (applied to the sum of spare/standby operating loads or modified to

account for the largest spare/standby drive or consumer, whichever is the

greater).

Page 293: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

112

2.5.8 Distribution Panels

Distribution panels shall be provided for lighting (normal and emergency).

Distribution panels shall be free standing metal enclosed with permanently installed

components. Degree of protection shall be IP41 with doors closed and IP21 with doors open,

no other covers removed.

Cables shall be connected using line-up terminals, for the power circuits terminals require to

be of the WAGO type. Cable channels shall be provided for internal wiring.

An earthing rail shall be placed at full length along the cable entrance location allowing easy

connection of earthing of incoming cables. The section of the earthing rail shall equal at least

the section of the neutral. All conductive structures of the panel or equipment shall be

connected to this earthing rail.

For all different ratings of outgoing circuits, 20% spare equipment shall be installed.

All lighting and general purpose outlet circuits are to be protected with RCD’s with sensitivity

settings at 30 mA.

Each distribution board shall be labelled with its relevant equipment number. All circuits shall

be numbered in accordance with the drawings and the circuit schedule. A laminated copy of

the circuit schedule shall be located inside the door.

Distribution panels to be mounted indoors will be of painted mild steel construction.

2.6 Electrical Installation

2.6.1 General

The Installation will conform to AS3000 – Wiring Rules, where applicable.

Areas identified as per AS/NZS 60079.10.1 and 60079.10.2 are subject to hazardous area

requirements. The electrical installation specification will reflect the minimum requirements as

listed below plus any additional requirements to meet specific area environmental or

hazardous area requirements.

2.6.2 Electrical Installation Materials

Enclosures, Panels, Local Isolators – Construction

Outdoors IP55 (unless more stringent specified for relevant sections).

Indoors IP31 painted metal (unless more stringent specified for relevant

sections).

Isolators Door interlocked, padlockable, line side shrouded.

Page 294: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

113

All outside electrical material shall be adequately protected with cyclone tape to avoid water

intrusion during cyclones.

Terminal boxes shall be used in exceptional cases whenever the connection of electrical

equipment requires a transition between different cable types and or cable cross sections.

Typical examples are:

Transition from cables to flexible conductors.

Transition from individual cables to multi-conductor cables.

Transition from large cable sizes to smaller sizes.

Terminal boxes shall be made of plastic or stainless steel. The terminal blocks in the terminal

boxes shall be mounted on mounting rails. Interconnection of several terminals shall be made

by means of terminal links.

End plates shall be provided at the end of each terminal block. Only one conductor shall be

connected to either side of the terminal. If earthing connection is required these shall be via

earthing terminals or earthing bar. The terminal boxes shall be equipped with an adequate

number of cable glands and plugs for unused cable gland openings. Terminals for power

cabling shall be WAGO type spring terminals.

2.6.3 Lighting and Small Power

Lighting system shall consist of:

Normal plant illumination.

Emergency lighting.

Street lighting within plant area.

Obstacle illumination, as per requirements.

Lighting Locations

Lighting will be provided in the following locations:

Towers and walkways.

Roadways, particularly intersections.

Operator control rooms and substations.

Offices and workshops.

Entrances to buildings.

Process areas.

Stairways.

Minimum illumination levels after an allowance for maintenance factor and lamp degradation

(as specified below) shall be in accordance with:

EN 12665: Light and Lighting – Basic terms and criteria for specifying lighting

requirements.

Page 295: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

114

EN 12464-1: Light and Lighting – Lighting of work places Part 1: Indoor Work

Places.

EN 12464-2: Light and Lighting – Lighting of work places Part 1: Outdoor Work

Places.

Unless more stringent Australian or international regulations apply, lighting level in process

plant shall be 100 lx.

Additional local task lighting will be installed as required to meet access, maintenance and

operational requirements.

A detailed lighting design will be completed based on plant layouts. Actual lighting levels in the

final installation after all equipment is installed will be site checked. Care will be taken to avoid

abrupt changes in illumination levels as a safety consideration.

Lighting Type - Application

Refer to standard installation drawings for lighting installation details.

Fluorescent lamps shall be used for general lighting, indoors and outdoors. MEPS requirements

shall apply for fluorescent lamps and their ballasts as per AS/NZS 4782 and 4783. MEPS

requirements shall apply for self-ballasted compact fluorescent lamps as per AS/NZS 4847.

High pressure sodium vapour lamps can be used for lighting of high columns, general process

area, hall and street lighting.

Power shall be supplied to the lighting circuits from a central lighting distribution board, or a

dedicated section in the distribution panel. Individual lighting circuits shall be wired directly

from lighting fixture to lighting fixture.

All lighting fixtures shall have:

Class of protection for outdoor/storage/process installation: IP65 (minimum).

Class of protection for office installation: IP22 (minimum).

All auxiliary electronics integrated in the lighting fixture.

Cable glands, allowing easy interconnection of fixtures in one circuit.

All bolts and nuts and other lighting fixing materials in stainless steel.

Storage installation shall be dustproof. Lighting fixtures shall be additionally fixed with

stainless steel chain to avoid falling down of lighting fixtures when the original fixtures fail.

Switchrooms, control rooms and other low ceiling applications will be lit by HPF fluorescent

lights, fitted with direction and glare control reflectors, some of which will have emergency

battery packs. Normally unmanned rooms shall be equipped with movement sensors and

manual bypass switches. Normally manned rooms shall have lighting switches at every

entrance door.

Page 296: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

115

Flood lighting will be preferred to spot lighting in areas other than walkways, stairs and around

moving machinery. When flood lighting is impractical, bulkhead fittings may be used. Attention

will be paid to the temperature rating of the fitting and the installation location.

Outdoor lighting in yard areas will be by HPS flood lights.

Roadway lighting will be HPS roadway type lights, with each pole mounted luminaries

individually protected by a fuse. Fuses holder will be accessible for inspection from ground

level at the base of the pole. Power supply will be from a separate section in the lighting panel.

The lights will be distributed evenly over the three phases of the electrical supply. This will be

accomplished in the field by connecting alternate lights to different phases. Anywhere there is

rotating equipment lights will be connected to alternate phases to avoid strobe effects.

All external lights will be controlled by photo electric type daylight sensing switches (with a

bypass switch fitted) in the lighting distribution board.

Emergency lights will be provided to AS2293. The switchroom will have adequate emergency

lighting to ease the activities for restoring power in the event of a blackout. Rechargeable Ni-

MH battery powered lighting fixtures shall be used.

Power to emergency lighting shall be supplied by an emergency diesel set in combination with

the normal power supply.

All lighting shall be anti-glare, facing down, aiming at minimum lighting pollution. Normal plant

external lighting (except road lighting) shall be capable of being maintained without the need

for ladders, mobile work platforms or scaffolding by one person (swivel-type lamp post), those

lighting poles that cannot be implemented using swivel-type because design constraint will be

revised case by case.

The individual lighting circuits shall be wired directly from lighting fixture to lighting fixture.

Lighting poles will be manufacturer according corrosion resistant materials and coating

requirements.

When fixing lighting fixtures on pipes, direct contact between two different conducting

materials shall always be eliminated by means of insulating material with a minimum thickness

of 2mm. Lighting fixtures shall never be fixed on process related pipes.

2.6.4 Cables

Cables will be copper stranded conductors. Solid conductors are not acceptable other than for

some office building services.

Cables will not be run below ground level without prior approval. Whenever necessary, cables

running above ground shall be adequately protected by means of stainless steel conduit or

plating against mechanical damage and/or direct sun radiation.

Page 297: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

116

After installation of cables, any passage hole in a floor or wall shall be closed airtight with a fire

resistant pasta. Certificates of fire resistance shall be submitted.

Cables shall be run in complete lengths. Joints in new cabling shall only be used after approval

of Company.

LV System Cables (< 1000 V)

Low voltage cables used for power distribution will be multicore unarmoured copper

conductor, XLPE insulation 0.6/1 kV, PVC outer sheath black or orange, with copper earth

conductor as per local regulations. Armoured cabling will be used to meet specific applications

or particular requirements.

Cables will be sized on current carrying capacity and fault carrying capacity. Overall de-rating

factor shall be determined in accordance with AS 3008.1.1.

Cables shall meet to AS/NZS 5000.1 requirements. If fire-retardant cables are required for

specific plant areas or applications they will comply with AS/NZS 3013.

Minimum copper conductor size will be 2.5 mm sq. for power cabling and 1.5 mm sq for

control cabling.

Maximum voltage drop at rated current on cable runs will be a maximum of 5%.

Colour coding shall be as follows:

2 core and earth – red, black and green/yellow stripe.

3 core and earth – red, white, blue and green/yellow stripe.

4 core and earth – red, white, blue, black and green/yellow stripe.

All spare conductors will be terminated. Spare conductors and screens in all terminal boxes

and marshalling boxes will be terminated sequentially with the other cores.

Spare conductors of cables for equipment in hazardous areas shall be earthed to provide

protection against unwanted voltages as required by AS/NZS 60079.14 section 9.6.3

After installation and connection and before taking a cable in service, Insulation Resistance

Test (Megger), 500 VDC shall be executed and recorded in addition to the necessary tests as

per local regulations. Records of all tests and inspections shall be made and handed over to

Company.

Covering shall be such that all cabling is protected from direct sun radiation. It is not necessary

to fully cover each cable tray as long as this requirement is met.

Maximum not covered parts in bends shall be radius plus maximum 500 mm at each side of

the bend for the straight run. Free area for cable termination shall be maximum 500 mm.

Number of beds shall be limited to the minimum.

Page 298: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

117

Cable Support and Protection

Cable trays ladder type will be supplied and installed as per project standard specifications and

standard drawings.

Cable ladder will be heavy duty NEMA 12C stainless steel.

Cable ladder runs will be designed to ensure the mid span deflection does not exceed 30 mm

with the planned cable load plus a 75 kg load mid span. The total supporting system shall be

able to carry the weight of the cabling, including a spare of 30% (weight).

All cable ladder clips or hold down bolts will be stainless steel

Cable installed on vertical ladders will be fastened using aluminum or stainless steel cable ties

with PVC coat, at intervals (maximum 600 mm), which will not allow sag in the cables or cause

damage. Cables on horizontal ladders will be tied at 1 meter intervals with UV resistant cable

ties.

Cable ladder supports will be fitted at least every 3 meters and more frequently around cable

ladder bends.

This project is embedded in the global electrical project of the fertilizer plant. The lighting

circuits will share cable trays with other circuits non-related to this lighting project. HV power,

LV power and control cables will be segregated in relation to their purpose as follows:

Medium voltage cabling (separate supporting system, with metallic cover and

warning stickers every 10 m).

Low voltage power and control cabling (motor control directly towards motor

starter), lighting cabling, power outlet cabling, all types of power supplies.

Cables of mixed voltages sharing a ladder will be separated by metal dividers.

All cables will be mechanically protected in the field outside of ladder where there is the

possibility of mechanical damage.

Cable Terminations

Bottom cable entry will be used in the field. Where this is not possible because of the cable

bending radius and obstruction from pump base plates etc, side entry may be used on

approval. Top entry is unacceptable.

Compression glands will be fitted with shrouds.

All control cables will have flexible crimp terminations at the switchgear, terminal box, control

cubicles and marshalling box or end device. Control cables will be terminated in screw clamp

tunnel type terminals. Terminals will be numbered, color coded, 35 mm DIN rail mounting

with separation barriers between voltage levels. There will be one wire per terminal.

Page 299: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

118

All cores of control cables terminated on equipment will be provided with numbered ferrules

such that the ferrule can be removed from a sleeve and replaced without removing or re-

terminating the conductor.

Stainless steel cable numbers to match cable schedules will be provided and firmly attached to

each cable at each end and at both sides of every wall/floor penetration. The tag will be fixed

longitudinally along the cable. Cable numbers will appear inside termination panels in the

switch room.

For entering equipment or a terminal box, cable glands shall be used per single cable. Airtight

sealing of outdoor cable glands shall be foreseen with an extra sealing of non-hardening and

non-cracking compound. Cable glands shall be as per project specifications.

In order to relieve a cable gland or cable termination from mechanical stress, cables shall be

fastened or supported on a wall or structure at a distance of maximum 200 from the cable

gland or cable termination.

The sheath and armor of all armored or screened power cables will be earthed on the

equipment where the cable originates and ends, in accordance with AS/NZS 3000..

For control cables the earthing will be carried out at one end only where necessary, to prevent

circulating currents producing interference. This will be the switch room end generally.

Compression type cable lugs manufactured from solid drawn high conductivity copper will be

tinned and employed for all power cables. Where possible all cable terminations will be the air

insulated type.

All main earth lugs installed exposed to the outdoor will be stainless steel type, water blocked

and sealed to prevent process fluids entering or contacting the cable strands.

All cores of cables terminated on equipment will be provided with ferrules. All spare cable

cores will be terminated on the terminal strips provided. Spare cores will not be left

unterminated in panels.

2.6.5 Earthing Protection

System earthing will be carried out in accordance with AS/NZS 3000 and project earthing

philosophy.

A common earthing system will be provided by inter-connection of the HV and LV earthing

systems, in accordance with AS/NZS 3000. Touch and step potentials will be limited in

accordance with AS3007. The earthing resistance value at any point shall always be less than 1

ohm.

Earthing grid or loop shall be of a closed type, avoiding that a single interruption of the loop

causes disconnection of any connected equipment, steel structure or other item.

Page 300: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

119

Standard industry earthing electrodes with inspection pits shall be used at site. Main earthing

conductors will be a minimum of 120 mm2 PVC covered multi-strand copper conductors.

Building and conveyor structures and cable ladder earthing will be installed throughout the

plant and connected to the switchroom main earth bar. Each building column will be earthed

to the switchroom main earth bar. There will be an equipotential bonding earth conductor in

each top ladder for connection to electrical equipment.

An earthing grid will be provided at each substation and will consist of corrosion resistant

stainless steel earthing rods driven into the ground connected by a buried earth conductor

ring. The isolated earth grid will have a resistance of less than one ohm. Reference will be

made to the ESAA Substation Earthing Guide.

The 400 V 4 wire systems will be effectively earthed at the star point of the secondary

windings of the respective supply transformer. The 400 V systems will be direct earthed.

All equipment is to be earthed by connecting back to the main substation earth bar which will

be a copper earth bar on the switchroom wall or in the transformer compound.

Earthing conductors may be bare and tinned conductors for substation buried earth grids &

mats and green / yellow PVC insulated stranded cables as required elsewhere.

The size of the earth conductor will in no case be smaller than specified in AS3000. These

conductors are to be protected from possible mechanical damage.

Ladders will be made electrically continuous using earth straps at joints.

There will also be PVC insulated 120 mm2 copper equipotential earth cable provided for the

full length of the ladder and the earth cable will be bonded to the ladder according project

earthing philosophy. At the switchroom end this cable will be bonded to the substation earth

bar and in the field to all electrical equipment and panels.

Lightning Protection

Unless otherwise specified surge arrestors will be used for the protection of exposed cable

circuits.

Lightning protection in accordance with the relevant Australian standards will be installed on

main process buildings, stacks and other structures as found necessary. The design will show

how the need for lightning protection was assessed in accordance with AS/NZS 1768.

External lightning protection shall mainly consist of:

Air termination rods.

Roof/down conductors.

Internal lightning protection shall mainly consist of a coordinated installation of:

Page 301: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

120

Type 1 overvoltage protection to be placed in the main distribution boards. It shall be

of the lightning current arrester type or of the combined lightning current arrester and

surge arrester type.

Type 2 overvoltage protection to be placed in secondary distribution boards. It shall be

of the surge arrester type.

Type 3 overvoltage protection to protect sensitive equipment. It shall be of the surge

arrester type.

2.6.6 Identification and Labelling

All equipment will be identified with equipment identification name plates inscribed with

equipment tag numbers and descriptions to match project equipment list.

Tag numbers will comply with the project standard specifications.

All equipment labels will be attached via at least two stainless steel/plastic screws/rivets or

stainless steel bolts.

Substations, transformer compounds and other such electrical areas will have the regulation

“Danger XXX V” and “Authorized Personnel Only” notices installed in English.

Any live terminals in panels with the door interlocked isolator off will be shrouded and danger

labelled.

All cables, cores and pairs will be identified with labels at each end. Cable and core

identifications will be done according with power standard drawing reference type P11.

Control wiring will be identified using a standardized numbering system consistent with

schematics and termination diagrams. Refer to project standard drawings for typical wire

identification details.

2.7 Plant Design Guidelines

Specify energy efficient lamps and light fittings.

Generally assess life cycle cost in the purchasing decision, include operating efficiency and

disposal costs.

Select cables to minimize heat generation and power loss. Do not automatically follow the

standard tables of minimum cable sizes without considering the life cycle costs.

Eliminate toxic materials.

Design for operating temperatures according with project specifications.

Design to allow a range of construction solutions. Review sequence of construction activities

and their dependence to ensure practical design that does not waste resources.

Page 302: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

121

Ensure full co-ordination of structural, mechanical and electrical design on consistent drawing

overlays. Use common datum points for all disciplines.

2.8 Hand Over Documents

At the end of a project a comprehensive hand over manual is to be prepared for handover to

the operating plant. Detailed requirements are listed in other specifications.

2.9 Checking, Testing and Commissioning

Detailed checking, calibration and testing of all equipment and installation work to ensure

compliance with the requirements of the design and Specifications will be undertaken. The

design and installation will include signed check sheets for all installations.

Such work will include but not be restricted to checking against the specifications, scope of

work, design drawings and data sheets.

A new installation will not be energized unless signed installation test sheets are available for

the equipment to be energized. Checks will be done to ensure that all electrical protection

relays and other safety equipment have been set and tested and earthing is complete.

All equipment supplied will be checked for conformity against specifications or data sheets and

for damage on delivery. All instrumentation will be calibrated prior to installation and test

sheets completed.

2.9.1 Testing

All materials and equipment will be subject to and will withstand satisfactorily the tests of the

Design Specification and additional tests which may be reasonably required to prove

compliance with the Design Specification.

If an equipment manufacturer is unable to produce satisfactory evidence of compliance with

type tests, the equipment will be subject to and withstand satisfactorily such type tests as are

specified in the Standard to which the equipment is made.

Signed test report forms will be provided to record all test results.

All test equipment required will be provided as part of the installation equipment. All test

equipment will be in good working order, be calibrated and have current Test Certificates.

Tests will be undertaken in accordance with:

AS/NZS 3000;

Australian Standards applicable for site testing of respective items of equipment;

and

Manufacturer's recommendations.

Page 303: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

122

Equipment tested will include but not be limited to:

cables;

relay and control panels;

lighting systems;

earthing;

2.9.2 Commissioning

Commissioning will involve the operation of all equipment up to design capacity or rated

capacity, whichever is the greater.

The commissioning will be carried out in a safe and environmentally conscious manner.

Final adjustments to all control and protection devices will be carried out where necessary.

This work will be done in conjunction with commissioning or operations staff where applicable.

Adjustments will be made to provide the correct operation of all equipment.

At the completion of commissioning tests, all readings of plant performance parameters will

be recorded. The readings will be shown on the Test forms. Typical parameters will include

voltage, current, power, and other details mentioned in the specific inspection activity plan.

Page 304: 1. Lighting Calculations

DOCUMENT 4:

______________________________

SAFETY AND SECURITY

REPORT

Page 305: 1. Lighting Calculations

124

Contents

DOCUMENT 4: .................................................................................................................................... 123

1 BACKGROUND ........................................................................................................................... 125

1.1 PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................... 125

1.2 SCOPE ................................................................................................................................... 125

2 PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................................. 126

2.1 OBJECTIVE AND GOALS .............................................................................................................. 126

2.2 SITE HSE ORGANIZATION .......................................................................................................... 127

2.3 HSE MEETINGS ....................................................................................................................... 128

2.4 INDUCTION AND TRAINING ........................................................................................................ 129

2.5 RISK MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................. 130

2.6 WORK PERMITS ...................................................................................................................... 131

2.7 HSE REPORTS & RECORDS ........................................................................................................ 132

2.8 STOP OF THE WORKS ................................................................................................................ 133

2.9 SITE SAFETY ............................................................................................................................ 133

2.10 EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND EVACUATION PROCEDURES ............................................................. 137

2.11 SITE SECURITY PLAN ............................................................................................................ 138

2.12 CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (CEMP) ................................................ 139

2.13 DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS ......................................................................................................... 140

2.14 LEGISLATION ...................................................................................................................... 141

Page 306: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

125

1 Background

1.1 Purpose

The purpose of this document is to outline the main preventive and protective measures to be

put in place by CONTRACTOR and its SUBCONTRACTORS in order to prevent human injuries,

property and environmental damage during Construction, Pre-Commissioning and

Commissioning of the LDFP Project. CONTRACTOR is committed to ensure health and safety of

all workers and visitors as well as to take all necessary appropriate measures to protect the

environment and avoid or reduce to a minimum any inconvenience to the public, both in the

site and in the yard.

This document is issued following the Public Environmental Review (PER) commitments and in

compliance with the requirements set forth in the Commonwealth Approval, Works Approval

and all applicable statutory laws and regulations, COMPANY Corporate and Project

requirements and CONTRACTOR standards and procedures. This Plan needs to be read

together with the Construction Environmental Management Plans referenced in section 6 of

this document.

1.2 Scope

This PROJECT will be executed using an offsite fabrication strategy in which works will be

performed by means of modular construction. Therefore, this Construction Site HSE

Management Plan (CSHSEMP) is applicable to all activities to be carried out by CONTRACTOR

and its SUBCONTRACTORS in the construction site at the Peninsula where the modules are

going to be installed, erected and hooked up. Any work performed at yard(s) where modules

are being constructed is not subject to this document’s requirements.

For those activities under the scope of the project which will be performed on the fabrication

yards, Yard SUBCONTRACTOR´s HSE Plan shall be of application. Yard SUBCONTRACTOR(s) HSE

Plan shall be in compliance with CONTRACTOR HSE requirements as established in Attachment

01 of the present Plan and will be subject to CONTRACTOR approval.

Mosquito and Other Nuisance Insects Management Plan and Integrate Pest Management Plan

as required in the Commonwealth Approval, condition 7 and following the Public

Environmental Report commitments are developed and issued as stand-alone plans, with an

independent document code number and as part of the whole set of Construction

Environmental Management Plans.

Page 307: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

126

The overall PROJECT HSE Management Plan consists of an EP HSE Plan covering all HSE issues

regarding the engineering and procurement phases of the PROJECT and this Construction Site

HSE Plan together with all its Construction Environmental Management Plans (CEMPs), both

addressing all HSE management system requirements for Construction, Pre-Commissioning

and Commissioning phases of the LDFP Project.

2 Procedures

2.1 Objective and goals

COMPANY is committed to high health, safety and environmental standards that minimize risk

to people in terms of loss of life and/or body injuries, the environment, neighbouring

operating plant (NP), heritage sites, rock art and adjacent communities. In line with this

commitment, CONTRACTOR’s Policy is to achieve PROJECT execution in the best HSE

conditions: incident and injury free goal.

The main HSE aim to be pursued by CONTRACTOR and its SUBCONTRACTORS is summarized in

the zero goal definition, ie: zero injuries, zero occupational illnesses, zero releases or spills to

the environment, zero adverse impact to the community and zero process incidents. In order

to achieve these five zeros every person involved in the PROJECT must do their utmost to

reach this goal; nevertheless, the maximum injury incident rates for the project are the

following:

TABLE 20: MAXIMUM INJURY INCIDENT RATES

Injury Rate Objective

Fatalities 0

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)

0

Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRI12)

1,30

Severity Rate (SR)

0,05

Environmental Breaches (EB)

EB = Number of breaches of legal environmental permits 0

Page 308: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

127

2.2 Site HSE Organization

It is CONTRACTOR and its SUBCONTRACTORS responsibility to establish and maintain an HSE

Management System aiming incident prevention and environment protection. This HSE

Management System shall provide capable and responsible HSE Teams who will be responsible

for its correct implementation on site and who will report deviations of HSE requirements or

unsafe practices to ensure corrective actions are established.

The following organizations shall be created in order to implement the Health, Safety and

Environmental Management System on site:

COMPANY shall designate one COMPANY HSE Representative to deal with every

HSE issue together with CONTRACTOR. This designated person may attend any

meeting held and/or activities performed on site regarding health, safety and

environment whenever he/ she considers necessary.

CONTRACTOR main staff members in charge of the CSHSEMP application are the

following:

- Project Director

- Site Manager

- Construction Manager

- Commissioning Manager

- Site HSE Manager

- Site HSE Supervisor(s)

- Site Environmental Coordinator

SUBCONTRACTOR main staff members in charge of the Site HSE Plan application

are:

- Field Representative

- HSE Representative

- HSE Officer(s)

The number of HSE Officers to support SUBCONTRACTOR HSE Representative will be, as a

minimum, in a ratio of 1 to 50 people or portion thereof, to the total number of workers.

Page 309: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

128

2.2.1 Responsibility of Each Employee

All personnel have an obligation to work in safe and health working conditions. Not just to

work with care and consideration for their own health and safety, but also for the heath and

safety of others and the environmental protection. In particular they must:

Comply with all HSE working practices and procedures that are adopted,

developed, designed or otherwise implemented at his workplace.

Report to their immediate supervisor any potential workplace hazard or any

mishaps, incidents or injuries that may occur during the course of work.

Use as instructed all equipment that is provided for personal protection.

Notify and report any identified emergency scenario.

All CONTRACTOR employees, including SUBCONTRACTORS, must comply with COMPANY and

CONTRACTOR safety, health and environmental standards. Total commitment to safety, health

and environmental goals is a condition of employment.

2.3 HSE Meetings

HSE meetings are very useful to encourage the workforce to take active part in worksite

accident prevention. Meetings shall be held in a comfortable place where every attendant may

be seated and the adequate time shall be spent for each meeting. An attendance roster shall

be issued and kept for all meetings. Written minutes of all meetings shall be taken and handed

over to all participants for comments and signature. Records shall be kept during the whole life

of the PROJECT.

2.3.1 Kick-Off Meeting

Kick-off meeting shall be held before any new SUBCONTRACTOR starts performing any activity

in the site. It shall be attended, as a minimum, by CONTRACTOR Site Manager (or his designee)

and HSE Manager, SUBCONTRACTOR Field Representative and HSE Representative.

2.3.2 HSE Meetings

Daily coordination HSE meetings shall be held between CONTRACTOR HSE Team and

SUBCONTRACTOR HSE Team with construction supervisors attendance. All SUBCONTRACTORS

shall explain briefly what activities are going to be carried out for the day so that interferences

are managed and coordinated.

2.3.3 Contractor - HSE Meeting

Weekly internal CONTRACTOR HSE Meetings shall be attended by CONTRACTOR Site and

Construction Manager, HSE Manager and HSE Supervisors and discipline/ areas supervisors.

This meeting is to hold top and middle Site Management accountable on all HSE issues

regarding their disciplines/ areas of work on site and to ensure continuous awareness.

Page 310: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

129

2.3.4 Toolbox Talks

The toolbox talks are used as primary channels of two-way communication between

SUBCONTRACTOR management and employees regarding project HSE requirements.

Daily Toolbox Meeting shall be carried out each morning to discuss the safety measures of the

work and duties to be programmed for the day. These meetings shall be held in the work area

and shall be conducted by the foremen and/ or crew supervisor with the attendance of

SUBCONTRACTORS´ employees who will be involved in the activity. Attendance sheets shall be

recorded and signed off by all participants.

2.4 Induction and Training

To a large extent, the success of accident prevention and environment incidents avoidance

depends upon educating employees about their work and site conditions. Each employee must

be made aware of his responsibilities, regulations and procedures relevant to their tasks, the

hazards of his work, HSE rules, environment considerations, and what to do in emergency

situations.

CONTRACTOR’s proposed training program shall ensure the following objectives are met:

Acquaint the employee with the site, the nature of the job, the hazards that he may

encounter & the equipment and main practices to be used to minimize accidents.

Make him understand actions to take in the event of an emergency.

Be familiar with security arrangements.

Be aware of the importance of HSE matters in order to ensure a safe working

environment.

Review the contents of HSE procedures and plans, stressing the sections applicable to

the employee and his job.

Advice of the requirements for working safely and that failure to follow the safe

practices may result in disciplinary action including dismissal (behavior based safety).

Environmental requirements and conditions are clearly understood.

2.4.1 Induction

The first step towards HSE workers’ training shall be the statutory Construction Industry

Induction which shall be undertaken by every worker prior to entering the site and evidenced

by providing CONTRACTOR a copy of the white card. This basic construction HSE training will

be conducted by authorized entities as per WA requirements.

Page 311: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

130

2.4.2 Training

All construction employees shall be already educated and trained in all the standard HSE

aspects of their specific tasks during construction.

Nevertheless, SUBCONTRACTOR HSE Representative, in agreement with CONTRACTOR Site

HSE Manager, shall organize regular HSE refreshing courses/sessions. To organize refreshing

training courses a matrix or similar with general and task-specific HSE related training,

frequency, designated workers, etc. shall be established on site.

Attendance of designated workers shall be mandatory. These sessions shall be conducted by

qualified personnel.

2.5 Risk Management

In addition to all communication procedures established to ensure all workers and involved

personnel are aware of the hazards they are exposed to while working or inspecting the site

area, an appropriate risk management will reinforce health, safety and environmental

protection as well as minimizing environmental impact.

The first step towards a safe PROJECT execution is an adequate planning of all construction

works and activities, from the very beginning of PROJECT performance: construction methods,

sequence, modular strategy and tools and equipment to be used have been assessed to

promote and guarantee best HSE practices and meeting of international standards during

construction phase.

2.5.1 Safe Job Analysis (SJA)

In order to ensure safe working conditions for all personnel CONTRACTOR HSE Manager may

consider necessary, based on the risk assessment, to perform further safety analysis such as

SJA for critical operations or other operations whenever necessary. These SJA are intended to

reduce the risk of undesirable events that may have negative consequences for people, assets

or the environment.

Some works which may be critical and require a further SJA are working at heights, confined

spaces, heavy lifting operations, modules hook up, excavations, chemical cleaning, lock out

and tag out, electrical works and blasting among others.

Each activity is split step by step identifying its potential hazards and the measures to be taken

to eliminate or control them.

Page 312: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

131

2.6 Work Permits

CONTRACTORS´ site area for the Construction of the TAN Burrup Project shall be subject to

CONTRACTOR Permit to Work System.

Any work within the NP´s fence or that may affect the operation of the existing NP shall be

governed by the NP Permit to Work System and other relevant NP procedures applicable for

the work. NP’s permit officers will control all works to be undertaken within the NP site.

After introduction of feed stock (ammonia), COMPANY’S “Permit to work Procedure” shall be

used exclusively regardless the area where activities are being performed.

Page 313: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

132

2.7 HSE Reports & Records

Monthly HSE Reports shall include the following statistics and cumulative data:

TABLE 21: INFORMATION REQUIRED ON MONTHLY HSE REPORTS

Statistics rates as per AS 1885

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)

Medical Treatment Injury Frequency Rate (TIFR)

Serious Injury Frequency Rate (SIFR)

Statistics rates

Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRI12)

Sickness Rate (SR)*

(*)Absence in excess of one calendar year shall not be included.

Environmental Breaches (EB)

EB = Number of breaches of legal environmental permits

Statistics rates as per CONTRACTOR requirements (OSHA criteria)

Total Recordable Incident Rate (TRIR)

Recordable cases = MTC+RWC+LTA+FAT

Severity Rate (SR)

SUBCONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary information to elaborate the Monthly HSE

Report.

Page 314: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

133

2.8 Stop of the Works

In the event of a work stoppage based on HSE deficiencies, SUBCONTRACTOR shall

immediately remove the workforce from the work area and correct the HSE deficiencies by

allowing only the people in the area that are competent to make the area safe.

In case any archeological artefact or remain is discovered during works’ performance, the

activities in such area will be immediately stopped and affected area signaled and barricaded if

necessary. Appropriate measures as per Aboriginal Management Plan and indigenous hired

workers criteria will be undertaken to ensure aboriginal heritage is protected and preserved.

Any action following the discovery will meet requirements described in the PROJECT Aboriginal

Management Plan.

2.9 Site Safety

Under this section, specific HSE requirements to be complied with while working at site are

described.

2.9.1 General Safety Rules

The following general safety rules, among others, shall be fulfilled at all times:

Use or possession of drugs, alcoholic beverages, and firearms is prohibited.

Possession of weapons of any type or introduction of explosives other than those

authorized for blasting operations to the site is prohibited.

Use of cameras, film or video cameras is not allowed, unless COMPANY written

approval is obtained.

Do not alter any traffic or safety signal, or exceed speed limits.

Sleeping in worksite facilities is forbidden.

Do not block accesses to fire fighting equipment or emergency exit routes.

Do not handle equipment without specific authorization.

Smoking is not permitted unless in designated areas.

Restricted areas will only be accessed by so authorized personnel. No exceptions

will be made to this rule.

No pets will be allowed access to the site so as to protect rare fauna and habitat.

Page 315: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

134

2.9.2 Collective Protection Means

Collective protection means provide common protection for all workers within a specific work

area. Construction strategy and planning shall take into consideration defining methods that

provide collective protection rather than worker personal protection. For instance, safety nets,

barricades, railings and ventilation systems shall be established where feasible.

2.9.3 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

There are several hazards related to construction activities that cannot be suppressed nor

controlled by collective protection means and so, Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be

individually worn by each worker, according to the type of activity to be performed.

2.9.4 Fall Prevention and Protection

Primary fall prevention is the elimination of all exposures by means of guardrails systems,

scaffolds or alternate work methods such as pre-assembly at ground level. Fall protection

systems shall be installed, inspected and maintained by a competent person.

Secondary fall protection is the utilization of personal fall arrest equipment as a backup to

primary fall prevention systems or in the absence of them.

2.9.5 Scaffolds

Scaffolds shall be designed, built and maintained so as to prevent them from accidentally

falling or moving, especially during the cyclone season, and shall be erected and dismantled in

accordance with requirements of the PROJECT and applicable statutory regulations.

In any case, AS-NZS 4576-1995 Guidelines for scaffolding shall be followed.

2.9.6 Ladders

Ladders shall only be used for ascent or descent purposes with the exception of particular

short term works where a ladder may be used only if the worker is anchored with an

appropriate lanyard to a fixed point external to the ladder.

2.9.7 Suspended Works Basket/ Platform

The use of a crane or derrick to hoist employees on a personnel basket/ platform is prohibited,

except when the erection, use and dismantling by conventional means of reaching the work

site, such as a personnel hoist, ladder, stairway, aerial lift elevated work platform, or scaffold,

would be more hazardous or is not possible because of structural design or work site

conditions.

Page 316: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

135

The use of a suspended works basket/ platform requires the CONTRACTOR Construction

Manager approval and the task supervised by a Competent Person to safeguard personnel

while working in a crane suspended work basket/ platform. These activities will require a work

permit and additional SJA.

2.9.8 Safety Harness

In addition to helmet, safety shoes and the specific Personal Protective Equipment required for

the activity to be performed, all personnel exposed to fall hazards higher than 2 m who is not

protected by collective protection means, shall wear and use properly a safety harness with

lanyard. Two lanyards will be used if the employee has to tie off and on to change position.

Safety harness, lanyards and life lines shall be inspected monthly by a competent person by

means of an established checklist, and an appropriate tagging system (label) shall be applied

for the inspected equipment to guarantee it is safe for use.

2.9.9 Signs, Signals and Barricades

Physical barriers will be erected to provide protection against hazards and dangers, hazardous

work areas and hazardous work in all cases. The barrier shall be constructed to withstand

adverse weather conditions and construction traffic and controlled by SUBCONTRACTOR.

2.9.10 Excavations

Any excavation or trenching work will be subjected to the Work Permit Procedure as per

established procedures. General measures to be implemented on excavation works are:

All open excavations shall be surrounded with solid barriers at all times and suitably lit during

hours of darkness. Where excavations have to be crossed, a fully boarded and guarded scaffold

bridge shall be provided and inspected on a periodic basis.

2.9.11 Equipment Management and Inspection

SUBCONTRACTORS shall provide a list of all equipment and vehicles to be used, their

maintenance log and appropriate certificates and access passes as well as periodic

maintenance inspections to be undergone.

All equipment shall only be used for the purpose it was designed for and in the specific

conditions for which it was intended.

Any deficiencies affecting safe operation must be corrected before the equipment is placed in

service.

Page 317: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

136

An equipment record will be maintained to ensure all equipment entering the site is

registered, adequately selected, maintained and therefore safe for being used.

All maintenance operations required shall be performed and a maintenance log shall be kept.

2.9.12 Lock Out and Tag Systems

All persons performing services in machines or live equipment shall be fully protected from

unexpected energizing, start-up or the uncontrolled release of energy, which could cause

injury to those persons and/or equipment. Source of energy could be chemical, mechanical,

electrical, thermal, pneumatic, electromagnetic or other. For this purpose a LOTO procedure

shall be followed.

Lock out and Tag out system will be used as additional requirement of Work Permit system to

avoid workers being injured while working on equipment (when controls have not been locked

and tagged in the off position).

2.9.13 Electrical Equipment and Systems

Apart from load handling hazards, no specific hazards are considered for electrical equipment

and systems erection, which will basically consist of cables located in supports or cable trays,

electrical boards, transformers, etc. But when work is performed near or on energized circuits

or equipment, safe work practices must be used in order to prevent electric shock or other

injuries resulting from either direct or indirect contact.

All temporary electrical facilities and equipment to be used shall comply with applicable

Standards and their design shall be reviewed by CONTRACTOR prior to erection.

Lock out and tag out system shall be followed for any work or inspection in electrical

equipment or systems.

Electrical supply shall be performed by outdoor type switchboard and outlet, both provided

with minimum protection IP-45. Switchboards shall be equipped with general input switch and

short circuit set for each foreseen output, with protected switch and maximum circuit breakers

protected by adequate differential protection devices (minimum sensitivity 300 mA).

Electrical cables section shall be suitable for the electrical supply foreseen. Conductors shall be

provided with high quality plastic insulation or similar of at least 1000 V rated voltage.

Page 318: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

137

Standard manufactured elements shall be used for connection to distribution points and

conductor splicing. Use of makeshift connections is prohibited.

Current voltage and circuit shall be clearly shown in switchboard.

Only qualified persons may work on electric circuit parts or equipment that have not been de-

energized and / or perform high voltage tests. SUBCONTRACTOR shall appoint in writing one or

more suitably qualified employee as their ‘competent persons’. Such persons shall be capable

of working safely on energized circuits and shall be knowledgeable with the proper use of

precautionary techniques, Personal Protective Equipment, insulating and shielding materials

and insulating tools.

Employees who face a risk of electrical shock but who are not qualified persons shall be

trained and familiar with electrically related safety practices.

Entry into high voltage areas and sub-stations shall be restricted.

Inspections shall be carried out in a monthly basis by means of a checklist for electrical

equipment and systems which shall be tagged accordingly after such inspections. Defective

tools shall immediately remove from service, tagged “Defective- Do Not Use”, until repaired.

2.9.14 Housekeeping

Housekeeping is aligned closely to HSE because it is fundamental so as to keep a safe working

area. Prior to the start of work on site, SUBCONTRACTORS will clean their area to a high

standard so that all operations shall be carried out safely. Each SUBCONTRACTOR will be

responsible for his own housekeeping where each person is responsible for keeping his own

area clean and tidy.

2.10 Emergency Response and Evacuation Procedures

The Construction Emergency Response Management Plan is included as part of the CEMPs and

it addresses the emergency response organization and procedures to be followed in case of

any emergency situation at the FP Project site. It aims to protect the people, assets and

environment and to limit the consequences of and recover from any emergency situation

should it occur. Its compliance shall be mandatory for all personnel present on the site when

the emergency scenario arises: COMPANY and CONTRACTOR personnel, SUBCONTRACTORS,

visitors and vendors under CONTRACTOR responsibility.

Page 319: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

138

2.11 Site Security Plan

A Site Security Plan shall be developed and updated for the protection of property from fire

and theft as well as prevention of unauthorized personnel from entering the construction site.

CONTRACTOR shall be responsible all objects, tools, materials, temporary offices, warehouses

and laydowns areas while site area remains under CONTRACTOR control.

CONTRACTOR will place fence and access control with trained security personnel, if necessary,

on its controlled worksite and facilities under his responsibility.

Basic security rules that shall be observed by anyone entering the site area under

CONTRACTOR control can be summarized as follows:

Gambling in any way is prohibited.

Intoxicating or illegal substances such as liquors, alcohol or drugs are strictly

forbidden.

Smoking is strongly discouraged. Designated smoking areas will be identified and

smoking will only be allowed in these designated areas.

No pictures shall be taken without the written consent of COMPANY/

CONTRACTOR.

Restricted areas will only be accessed by so authorized personnel. No exceptions

will be made to this rule.

Entry and exit of all personnel and vehicles shall be through designated gates.

Firearms introduction in the site is completely forbidden.

No pets will be allowed access to the site so as to protect rare fauna and habitat.

CONTRACTOR employees including that of his SUBCONTRACTOR shall follow the gate

instructions/ site access rulings. Disciplinary action may be taken against any person found

entering or leaving or attempting to enter or leave the site otherwise than by recognized gates

or entrances. After undertaking successfully CONTRACTOR HSE Induction training session and

after having provided all required documents, each worker will be issued an individual work

site pass which will specify which areas the employee shall have access to. These identification

badges shall be visibly displayed at all times and presented to COMPANY/CONTRACTOR upon

request.

All material and equipment other than trash that is removed from the project must be

accompanied by a material exit pass. All trash that is removed from site will be checked by

security to verify the content.

Page 320: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

139

SUBCONTRACTOR shall immediately notify CONTRACTOR of all thefts or other security

violations at the jobsite or PROJECT. SUBCONTRACTOR shall also submit to CONTRACTOR a

monthly summary of thefts or other security breaches.

All individuals and/or vehicles may be stopped and searched at any time while entering, being

on, or leaving the site. It will be a condition of employment to agree to such searches for all

persons employed on the project.

Visitors shall be given adequate information on HSE and Security requirements.

Within NP site all their security requirements shall be complied with. All employees shall be

fully aware of these requirements and that employees are liable to spot checks by NP Security

personnel.

2.12 Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP)

The Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) provides the framework to ensure

all commitments set forth in the Public Environmental Review (PER) and the conditions

resulting from Commonwealth and Works approvals are summarized and described in detail

for appropriate implementation on site. The purpose of this document is therefore to outline

the main mitigation measures to be put in place during Construction, Pre-Commissioning and

Commissioning phases of the LDFP Project so as to minimize the risk of potential

environmental adverse impact derived from the construction works and, therefore, to reduce

the effects of the PROJECT execution on the environment to ALARP level.

The environmental objective of the project is to ensure no contamination or disruption of the

surrounding environment occurs as well as to comply with all established approvals permitting

requirements.

To achieve this, the following practices shall be followed:

Workforce information, instruction and awareness training on environmental

importance.

Continuous monitoring and supervision of environmental issues compliance and

management.

CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR and COMPANY Environmental Representatives

shall always be in contact and aware of any environmental risks or issues

happening on site.

Page 321: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

140

All actions to mitigate environmental risks will be recorded, followed up and

tracked.

All waste shall be disposed of in appropriate containers, avoiding mixing of

non-compatible substances and always according to established waste

management procedures.

An authorized waste management dealer shall be responsible for managing and

disposing all waste generated on site. Site temporary containers shall be dumped

in a daily basis to the appropriate waste storage area.

Proper material for cleaning up a spill shall be available on site.

Avoid or minimize any impact on Aboriginal Heritage sites within the lease area.

2.13 Disciplinary Actions

SUBCONTRACTORS are required, in accordance with Project HSE regulations, to comply with all

HSE requirements described in this Site HSE Plan. It is imperative that employees at all levels

comply with the provisions and directives of the HSE requirements at all times while working.

First single deviation of PROJECT Health, Safety and Environmental requirements will lead to

immediate notification to the employee.

Second deviation of employees lead to repeat safety course related to the subject of violation.

A written warning must be given to the employee requiring his signature.

Third deviation, lack of co-operation or dangerous violations with regard to any HSE

requirements, will lead the employee to be removed from the work. Documentation of this

incident is mandatory and does not require the signature of the employee. Depending on the

deviation instant-dismissal is possible.

Page 322: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

141

2.14 Legislation

Environmental Protection Act 1986

Occupational Safety and Health Regulations, 1996, version 07-f0-00 of 26 may 2010

(WA)

Dangerous Goods Safety Act 2004 (WA)

AS 2865 Confined Spaces

AS 1319 Safety Signs for the Occupational Environment

AS 1418 Cranes, hoists and winches

AS 2550 Cranes, hoists and winches. Safe use

BS EN 397 Specification for industrial safety helmets

BS EN 166 Personal eye protection. Specifications

BS EN 50144 Safety of hand-held electric motor operated tools. General

requirement

AS 1576 Scaffolding

Page 323: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region Amparo de Mollinedo Suárez

142

Page 324: 1. Lighting Calculations

DOCUMENT 5:

______________________________

BILL OF QUANTITIES

Page 325: 1. Lighting Calculations

ICAI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Lighting Design of a Fertilizer Plant in the South Pacific Region

Amparo de MollinedoSuárez

144

Contents

DOCUMENT 5:..................................................................................................................... 143

1. Unit Price (“PreciosUnitarios”) .................................................................................. 145

2. Material Take-off and Partial Sums (“Mediciones y Sumas Parciales”) .................... 151

3. General Budget (“Presupuesto General”) ................................................................. 159

Note:

This Budget was elaborated with software Presto 8.7. The working language of this program is

Spanish, so the detailed Budget will be given in this language. The final results will be

presented in Spanish and English.


Recommended